Donate
 
    
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
1 result
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
catinmfn. equals c/atat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
117 results
     
aṅgam अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).
adhiṣṭhānam अधिष्ठानम् [अधि-स्था-ल्युट्] 1 Standing or being near, being at hand, approach (सन्निधि); अत्राधिष्ठानं कुरु take a seat here. -2 Resting upon, occupying, inhabiting, dwelling in, locating oneself in; प्राणाधिष्ठानं देहस्य &c. -3 A position, site, basis, seat; त्र्यधिष्ठानस्य देहिनः Ms.12.4; इन्द्रियाणि मनो बुद्धिरस्याधिष्ठानमुच्यते Bg.3.4, 18.14 the seat (of that desire.) -4 Residence, abode; नगरं राजाधिष्ठानम् Pt.1.; so धर्म˚; a place, locality, town; सर्वाविनयाधिष्ठानतां गच्छन्ति K.16; कस्मिंश्चिदधिष्ठाने in a certain place. -5 Authority, power, power of control, presiding over; अनधिष्ठानम् H.3.83. lose of position, dimissal from a post (of authority); समर्थस्त्वमिमं जेतुमधिष्ठानपराक्रमैः Rām.; ययेह अश्वैर्युक्तो रथः सार- थिना$धिष्ठितः प्रवर्तते तथा आत्माधिष्ठानाच्छरीरम् Gaudapāda; महाश्वेताकृताच्च सत्याधिष्ठानात् K.346 appeal or reference to truth. -6 Government, dominion. -7 A wheel (of a car &c.) अधिष्ठानं मनश्चासीत्परिरथ्या सरस्वती Mb.8.34.34; 5.178.74. -8 A precedent, prescribed rule. -9 A benediction. cf. अधिष्ठानं चक्रपुरप्रभावाध्यासनेष्वपि । Nm. -1 Destruction (?); अमित्राणामधिष्ठानाद्वधाद् दुर्योधनस्य च । भीम दिष्ट्या पृथिव्यां ते प्रथितं सुमहद्यशः ॥ Mb.9.61.14. -11 Couch, seat, bed; साधिष्ठानानि सर्वशः Rām.6.75.19. -12 A butt (for an allurement.) तस्माद् ब्राह्ममधिष्ठानं कृत्वा कार्ये चतुर्विधे । Kau. A.1.1. -Comp. -अधिकरणम् Municipal Board. (अधिष्ठान = city; अधिकरण = court and office of administration) EI,XV, p.143; XVII. p. 193 f; XX, pp.61 ff. -शरीरम् A body which forms the medium between the subtle and the gross body.
aniṣṭa अनिष्ट a. 1 Unwished, undesirable; unfavourable, disagreeable, ill (with gen.); ध्यायत्यनिष्टं यत्किञ्चित्पाणिग्राहस्य चेतसा Ms.9.21 whatever ill she thinks of her husband. -2 Evil, forbidden. -3 Bad, unlucky, ominous. -4 Not honoured with a sacrifice. -ष्टम् An evil, mishap, misfortune, calamity, disadvantage; a crime, offence, wrong, unwelcome thing; ˚एकबुद्धि Māl.8.12; भवत्यनिष्टादपि नाम दुःसहान्मनस्विनीनां प्रतिपत्तिरीदृशी Ku.5.42; ill-omen; प्रातरेव ˚दर्शनं जातम् H.1. -Comp. -अनुबन्धिन् a. followed by or attended with calamities; विषयोपभोगेषु ˚बन्धिषु यः सुखपुद्धिमारो- पयति K.155. -आपत्तिः f., -आपादनम् getting what is not desired, an undesired occurrence. -आशंसिन् a. (˚सूचक) indicating or boding ill. -ग्रहः an evil or malignant planet. -दुष्टधी a. having an evil and corrupt mind. -प्रसङ्गः 1 an undesired occurrence. -2 connection with a wrong object, argument or rule. -फलम् an evil result. -शङ्का fear of evil. -हेतुः an evil omen.
anunayin अनुनयिन् a. Courteous, polite, humble, supplicating.
anunāyaka अनुनायक a. Submissive, humble, supplicating.
anyathā अन्यथा ind. [अन्य-प्रकारार्थे था] 1 Otherwise, in another way or manner, in a different manner; यदभावि न तद्भावि भावि चेन्न तदन्यथा H. प्रस्ताविका 24; with अतः, इतः or ततः otherwise than, in a manner different from; अतो$न्यथा प्रवृत्तिस्तु राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते Ms.5.31; एतज्ज्ञानमिति प्रोक्तमज्ञानं यदतो$न्यथा Bg.13.11. अन्यथा-अन्यथा in one way, in another (different) way; यो$न्यथा सन्तमा- त्मानमन्यथा भाषते Ms.4.255; सत्त्वभङ्गभयाद्राज्ञां कथयन्त्य- न्यथा पुरः । अन्यथा विवृतार्थेषु स्वैरालापेषु मन्त्रिणः Mu.4.8. अन्यथा कृ (a) to do otherwise, change or alter; न हि दैवं शक्यमन्यथा कर्तुमभियुक्तेनापि K.62; न स्वभावो$त्र मर्त्यानां शक्यते कर्तुमन्यथा Pt.1.258; Ś.6.14; (b) to act otherwise, violate, transgress, go against; त्वया कदाचिदपि मम वचनं नान्यथा कृतम् Pt.4; (c) to destroy, undo, frustrate, baffle, defeat (hope, plan &c.), कर्तुमकर्तुमन्यथाकर्तुं समर्थ ईश्वरः; ममेच्छां मान्यथा कृथाः Ks.22.51; लाभं कुर्याच्च यो$न्यथा Y.2.195; (d) to make false, falsify; ख्यातो लोकप्रवादो$यं भरतेनान्यथा कृतः Rām.; अमात्यः प्राड्विवाको वा यत्कुर्युः कार्यमन्यथा Ms.9.234 to do wrongly; ˚ग्रह्, -मन्, -संभावय्, -समर्थय्, -विकल्पय् &c. to take or think to be otherwise, to misunderstand, understand wrongly; अलमन्यथा गृहीत्वा न खलु मन- स्विनि मया प्रयुक्तमिदम् M.1.2; अलमस्मानन्यथा संभाव्य Ś.1; किं मामन्यथा संभावयसि K.147; Ś.3.19; जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17 suspects to be otherwise (than chaste), ˚भू or या to be otherwise, be changed or altered, be falsified; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; शोकार्तस्य प्रवृत्तो मे श्लोको भवतु नान्यथा Rām.; तयोर्महात्मनोर्वाक्यं नान्यथा याति सांप्रतम् Rām. -2 Otherwise, or else, in the contrary case; व्यक्तं नास्ति कथमन्यथा वासन्त्यपि तां न पश्येत् U.3; स्तेनो$न्यथा भवेत् Ms.8.144; Y.1.86,2.288; on the other hand, on the contrary. -3 Falsely, untruly; किमन्यथा भट्टिनी मया विज्ञापितपूर्वा V.2; किमन्यथा भट्टिन्यै विज्ञापितम् M.4; न खल्वन्यथा ब्राह्मणस्य वचनम् V.3; यो न्यायमन्यथा ब्रूते स याति नरकं नरः Pt.3.17; H.3.15; Ms.8.9. -4 Wrongly, erroneously, badly, as in अन्यथासिद्ध q. v. below; see under (1) also. -5 From another motive, cause, or ground; दुर्वाससः शापादियं त्वया प्रत्यादिष्टा नान्यथा Ś.7. [cf. L. aliuta.]. -Comp. -अनुपपत्तिः f. see अर्थापत्ति. -कारः changing, altering. (-रम्) adv. in a different manner, differently P.III.4.27. -ख्यातिः f. 1 erroneous conception of the Spirit. -2 Name of a philosophical work. -3 wrong conception in general (in phil.). In Sāṅkhya philosophy it means the assertion that something is not really what it appears to be according to sensual perception; title of a philosophical work. -भावः alteration, change, being otherwise, difference; एकस्या व्यक्तेः सर्वावयवावच्छेदेनान्यथाभावः कार्त्स्न्यम् P.V.4.53; Sk. change of view or mind; मयि ˚भावो न कर्तव्यः Ch. Up. -वादिन् a. speaking differently or falsely; speaking falsely or inconsistently; (in law) a prevaricator, prevaricating witness. -वृत्ति a. 1 changed, altered. -2 affected, perturbed; disturbed by strong emotions; मेघालोके भवति सुखिनोप्यन्यथावृत्ति चेतः Me.3. -सिद्ध a. proved or demonstrated wrongly; (in Nyāya) said of a cause (कारण) which is not the true one, but only refers to accidental and remote circumstances (as the ass employed to fetch clay &c. in the case of a घट or jar) which do not invariably contribute to the result, see कारण; this अन्यथा˚ is said to be of 3 kinds in Tarka. K., but 5 are mentioned in Bhāṣā P.19-22. -द्धम्, -सिद्धिः f. wrong demonstration; one in which arguments, not being true causes are advanced; an unessential cause, an accidental or concomitant circumstance. Bhāṣā P.16. -स्तोत्रम् satire, irony; सत्यासत्यान्यथास्तोत्रैर्न्यूनाङ्गेन्द्रियरोगिणाम् (क्षेपं करोति) cf. यत्र विकृताकृतिरेव दर्शनीयस्त्वमसीत्युच्यते तदन्यथास्तोत्रम् । Mitākṣarā. Y.2.24.
abhicakṣaṇam अभिचक्षणम् Ved. Means of defence; (magical) remedy; Av.6.127.2. -णा Viewing, indicating; Av. 9 2.21.
abhidhānam अभिधानम् 1 Telling, mentioning, speaking, naming, denotation; एतावतामर्थानामिदमभिधानम् Nir.; गोशब्दस्य वाही- कार्थाभिधानम् S. D. -2 (In gram.) Asserting or predicating something of another, as the subject of an assertion, (which then can be put in the nom. case only); predication, assertion; See P.II.3.2 Sk. -3 A name, appellation, title, designation; अभिधानं तु पश्चात्तस्याहमश्रौषम् K.32; तवाभिधानाद् व्यथते नताननः Ki.1.24; (at the end of comp.) called, named; ऋणाभिधानाद् बन्धनात् R.3.2. -4 An expression, word. -5 Speech, discourse महत्तमा- नामभिधानयोगः Bhāg.1.18.18. -6 A dictionary, vocabulary (of words), lexicon (in these last 4 senses said to be also m.) -7 A song, षट्पादतन्त्रीमधुराभिधानम् Rām.4.28,36. -Comp. -चिन्तामणिः N. of a celebrated vocabulary of synonyms by Hemachandra. -माला a dictionary. -रत्नमाला N. of a vocabulary of words by Halāyudha. -विप्रतिपत्तिः Incongruence of the word and the sense intended to be conveyed thereby; केयमभिधान- विप्रतिपत्तिर्नाम । यदन्यथाभिधानमन्यथाभिधेयम् । ŚB. on MS. 9.3.13.
abhivyañjaka अभिव्यञ्जक a. Displaying, showing, indicating; गुणाभिव्यञ्जकौ शब्दार्थौ S. D.1
ayathā अयथा ind. Not as it should be or is intended to be, unfitly, improperly, wrongly. -थम Ved. Without effort; गोधा तस्मा अयथं कर्षदेतत् Rv.1.28.1. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 not true to the sense, unmeaning, nonsensical; परित्यक्तस्वार्थो नियतमयथार्थः क्षितिपतिः Mu.3.4. -2 incongruous, unfit, false, द्वयमिदमयथार्थं दृश्यते मद्विधेषु Ś.3.2; incorrect, wrong; अनुभवो द्विविधो यथार्थो$यथार्थश्च T. S.; ˚अनुभवः incorrect or untrue knowledge, wrong notion; तदभाववति तत्प्रकारको$नुभवो$यथार्थानुभवः । यथा शुक्तौ रजतमिदमिति ज्ञानं सैव अप्रमेत्युच्यते. -अभिप्रेताख्यानम् Communicating a news in an undesired manner, i. e. to tell a good news in a whispering tone, and to declare a bad news loudly. P.III.4.59. अयथाभिप्रेताख्यानं नामाप्रियस्योच्चैः, प्रियस्य च नीचैः कथनम् Sk. -इष्ट a. 1 not as wished or desired, disliked. -2 not enough or sufficient. -उचित a. unfit, unworthy. (-तम्) unfitly. -तथ a. 1) not as it should be, unfit, unsuitable, unworthy; इदमयथातथं स्वामिचेष्टितम् Ve.2. -2 vain, useless, profitless. (-थम्) 1 unfitly, unsuitably. -2 in vain, uselessly; तद् गच्छति अ˚ Ms.3.24. -3 wrongly; Ve.5. -तथ्यम् unsuitableness, incongruity, uselessness. -द्योतनम् intimation or occurrence of something or act which is not expected. -पुर, -पूर्व a. unprecedented, unparalleled, unusual; ददृशे सो$यथापूर्वो R.12.88. -मुखीन a. having the face turned away -वृत्त a. acting wrongly. -शास्त्रकारिन् a. not acting according to the Sāstras, irreligious; अयथाशास्त्रकारी च न विभागे पिता प्रभुः Nārada.
āvedaka आवेदक a. Making known, reporting, communicating, -कः 1 One who makes known, an informer. -2 A suitor, plaintiff; śukra.4.586.
āvedanam आवेदनम् 1 Communicating, reporting, or addressing respectfully. -2 Representation. -3 Stating a complaint (in law); राज्ञे कुर्यात् पूर्वमावेदनं यः Nārada. -4 A plaint; Śukra 4.66 -5 Marriage; न विवाहविधावुक्तं विधवावेदनं पुनः Ms.9.65.
iṅgita इङ्गित p. p. Moved, shaken. -तम् [भावे-क्त] 1 Palpitation, shaking. -2 Internal thought, inward thought or secret aim, intention, purpose; ˚आकारवेदिभिः K.7; Pt.1.43; अगूढसद्भावमितीङ्गितज्ञया Ku.5.62; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य गूढाकारेङ्गितस्य च R.1.2; Śi.9.69. -3 A hint, sign, gesture; आकारैरिङ्गितैर्गत्या Pt.1.44. -4 Particularly, the gesture or motion of the various limbs of the body indicating one's intentions; gesture suited to betray internal feelings; आकारैरिङ्गितैर्गत्या गृह्यते$न्तर्गतं मनः Ms.8. 26. cf. इङ्गितं हृद्गतो भावो बहिराकार आकृतिः । सज्जनः -Comp. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in the interpretation of internal sentiments by external gestures, understanding signs.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
utpāṭanam उत्पाटनम् Uprooting, eradicating, destroying root and branch. चक्रतुः समरे ताव्रमाकर्षोत्पाटनं भृशम् Rām.6.76.32.
utpāṭin उत्पाटिन् a. (oft. at the end of comp.) Eradicating, tearing out; कीलोत्पाटीव वानरः Pt.1.21.
utprekṣā उत्प्रेक्षा 1 Conjecture, guess. -2 Disregarding, carelessness, indifference. -3 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, 'Poetical fancy', which consists in supposing उपमेय and उपमान as similar to each other in some respects and in indicating, expressly or by implication, a probability of their identity based on such similarity; it is the imagining of one object under the character of another; संभावनमथोत्प्रेक्षा प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; e. g. लिम्पतीव तमो$ङ्गानि वर्षतीवाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34; स्थितः पृथिव्या इव मानदण्डः Ku.1.1. It is usually expressed by इव, or by words like मन्ये, शङ्के, ध्रुवम्, प्रायः, नूनम् &c. (see Kāv.2.234); cf. S. D.686-692 and R. G. under उत्प्रेक्षा also. -4 A parable. -5 An ironical comparison. -अवयवः A kind of simile -Comp. -वल्लभः N. of a poet.
uddharaṇam उद्धरणम् 1 Drawing or taking out, taking off (clothes &c.). -2 Extraction, pulling or tearing out; कण्टक˚ Ms.9.252; चक्षषोरुद्धरणम् Mitā.; so शल्य˚. -3 Extricating, deliverance, rescuing (from danger); दीनोद्धरणो- चितस्य R.2.25; स बन्धुर्यो विपन्नानामापदुद्धरणक्षमः H.1.29. -4 Destruction, eradication, extermination, deposition, dethronement; चन्द्रगुप्तस्योद्धरणात् Mu.4. -5 Lifting, raising. -6 Taking a part or share. -7 Taking from the Gārhapatya fire to supply the other sacred fires. -8 Vomiting; जग्धस्य मोहाद्धि विशुद्धिमन्धसो जुगुप्सितस्योद्धरणं प्रचक्षते Bhāg.4.4. 18. -9 Anything vomited. -1 Final emancipation. -11 Acquittance of debt. -12 Hoping, expecting; अपि ते ब्राह्मणा भुक्त्वा गताः सोद्धरणान् गृहान् Mb.13.6.14. उद्धर्तृ uddhartṛ उद्धारक uddhāraka उद्धर्तृ उद्धारक a. 1 One who raises or lifts up. -2 A sharer, co-heir. -3 One who recovers property. m. 1 A destroyer, exterminator; Y.2.271. -2 A saviour, deliverer.
unmada उन्मद a. 1 Intoxicated, drunk; उदीरयामासुरिवोन्मदानाम् R.2.9,16.54. -2 Mad, furious, extravagant; Śi.1. 4; उन्मदसारसारवः 12.44,77;16.59. -3 Causing intoxication, intoxicating; मधुकराङ्गनया मुहुरुन्मदध्वनिभृता निभृताक्षर- मुज्जगे Śi.6.2. -दः 1 Insanity. -2 Intoxication, ecstacy; कृतमनुकृतवत्य उन्मदान्धाः प्रकृतिमगन्किल यस्य गोपवध्वः Bhāg.1.9.4.
unmādana उन्मादन a. Maddening, exciting, intoxicating. -नः One of the five arrows of Cupid.
unmādayitṛka उन्मादयितृक a. Intoxicating, enrapturing; Ś.1.
upakaraṇam उपकरणम् 1 Doing service or favour, helping, assisting. -2 Material, implement, instrument, means; यथैवोपकरणवतां जीवितं तथैव ते जीवितं स्यात् Bṛi. Up.2.4.2.; स्वेषूपकरणेषु U.5; ˚द्रव्यम् Mk.3; उपकरणीभावमायाति U.3.3 serve as helping instruments, or assistants; परोप- कारोपकरणं शरीरम् K.27; so स्नान˚ bathing materials; Pt.1; व्यायाम˚ athletic materials; आत्मा परोपकरणीकृतः H.2.24; K.8,12,198,24; Y.2.276, Ms.9.27. -3 An engine, machine, apparatus, paraphernalia (in general). -4 Means of subsistence, anything supporting life. -5 A means or expedient; कर्म˚, वेद˚, यज्ञ˚ &c. -6 Fabricating, composing, elaborating. -7 The insignia of royalty. -8 The attendants of a king. -Comp. -अर्थ a. Suitable, requisite.
upakalpanam उपकल्पनम् ना 1 Preparation; एवं विज्ञाय मतिमान् भोजनस्योपकल्पनाम् Suśr. -2 Fabricating, making &c.
upajāpaḥ उपजापः 1 Secretly whispering into the ear or communicating; परकृत्य˚ Mu.2. -2 Secret overtures or negotiations (with the enemy's friends), sowing the seeds of dissension, treachery, treason instigating to rebellion; उपजापः कृतस्तेन तानाकोपवतस्त्वयि Śi.2.99; उप- जापसहान् विलङ्घयन् स विधाता नृपतीन्मदोद्धतः Ki.2.47,16.42; अपि सहन्ते अस्मदुपजापं प्रजाः Mu.2. -3 Disunion, separation. उपलब्धस्य उपजापमुपेयात् Kau. A.1.16.
upalakṣaka उपलक्षक a. 1 Observing; marking; परचित्त˚ -2 Designating, indicating (as a word).
ullāpika उल्लापिक a. Betraying, indicating; लाजोल्लापिकधूमाढ्यं Mb.5.191.21. -कः An upper layer; लाजोल्लापिक- भूषिताः Mb.13.98.61.
ullāpin उल्लापिन् a. Calling out; indicating.
kad कद् ind. [कद्-क्विप] Ved. A particle of interrogation, 'where'. This particle which is a substitute for the word कु is often used as the first member of a comp. and expresses the senses of badness, littleness, deterioration, uselessness, defectiveness &c. of anything; नियच्छ मन्युं कददाः स्म मानः Bhāg.7.5.28. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 bad letter. -2 bad writing. -अग्निः a little fire. -अध्वन् a bad road. -अन्नम् bad food. -अपत्यम् a bad child, bad posterity. -अभ्यासः a bad habit or custom. -अर्थ a. 1 useless, unmeaning. -2 having what purpose or aim ? कदर्था न आ गृहम् Rv.1.22.6. (-र्थः) a useless thing. -अर्थनम्, -ना troubling, tormenting, torture. -अर्थयति Den. P. 1 to despise, slight. -2 to trouble, torment; रे कन्दर्प करं कदर्थयसि किं कोदण्ड- टङ्कारितैः Bh.3.1; N.8.75. -अर्थित a. 1 despised, disdained, slighted; कदर्थितस्यापि हि धैर्यवृत्तेर्न शक्यते धैर्यगुणः प्रमार्ष्टुम् Bh.2.16. -2 tormented, teased; आः कदर्थितो$- हमेभिर्वारंवारं वीरसंवादविघ्नकारिभिः U.5. -3 insignificant, mean. -4 bad, vile. -अर्थीकृ 8. U. to disdain, despise. -अर्थीकृत a. 1 despised, disdained. क्लेशैः कदर्थीकृतवीर्यसारः Ki.3.47. -2 rendered useless and unavailing. -अर्य a. 1 avaricious, miserly. -2 little, insignificant, mean. -3 bad, disagreeable; जनपदे न कदर्यो न मद्यपः Ch. Up. 5.11.5. निःसंशयं मया मन्ये पुरा वीरकदर्यया Rām.2.43.17. (-र्यः) a miser; Bhāg.11.23.6. Ms.4.21,224; Y.1.161. ˚ता, त्वम् 1 avarice. -2 insignificance. -3 badness. ˚भावः avarice, stinginess. -अश्वः a bad horse. -आकार a. deformed, ugly. -आख्यम् A medicinal plant (कुष्ठ). -आचार a. following evil practices, wicked, depraved. (-रः) bad conduct. -इन्द्रियम् a bad organ of sense; कदिन्द्रियाणामनवाप्यवर्त्मने Bhāg.8.3.28. -उष्ट्रः a bad camel. -उष्ण (also कोष्ण) a. 1 tepid, lukewarm; श्वसन् कदुष्णं पुरमाविवेश Bk.3.17. -2 Harsh, sharp (as a word); प्रियोक्तिरप्याह कदुष्णमक्षरम् N.9.38. (-ष्णम्) lukewarmness. -तृणम् 1 a fragrant grass. -2 the plant कुम्भिका. -तोयम् an intoxicating drink, wine. -त्रि m. (pl.) three inferior articles. -रथः a bad chariot or carriage; युधि कद्रथवद्भीमं बभञ्ज ध्वजशालिनम् Bk.5.13. -वद a. 1 speaking ill or inaccurately or indistinctly; येन जातं प्रियापाये कद्वदं हंसकोकिलम् Bk.6.75; वाग्विदां वरमकद्वदो नृपः Śi.14.1. -2 vile, contemptible. कद a. 1 Giving water. -2 Giving happiness. -दः A cloud.
kalpa कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्] 1 Practicable, feasible, possible, -2 Proper, fit, right. -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3. -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c. -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance. -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147. -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7. -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185. -5 End of the world, universal destruction. -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48. -7 Medical treatment of the sick. -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग. -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of inferiority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c. -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes. -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम. -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22. -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor. -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46. -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7; -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4. -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v. -2 a barber. -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41. -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15. -3 any productive or bountiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3. -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1. -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance. -पालः 1 a protector of order. -2 a seller of spirituous liquors. -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9. -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above. -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21. -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94. -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7. -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr. -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.
kās कास् 1 Ā. [कासते, कसित) 1 To Shine; see काश्. -2 To cough, make a sound indicating any disease.
gandhaḥ गन्धः [गन्ध्-पचाद्यच्] 1 Smell, odour; गन्धमाघ्राय चोर्व्याः Me.21; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; R.12.27. (गन्ध is changed to गन्धि when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by उद्, पूति, सु, सुरभि, or when the compound implies comparison; सुगन्धि, सुरभिगन्धि, कमलगन्धि मुखम्; शालिनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; आहुति˚ 1.53; also when गन्ध is used in the sense of 'a little'). -2 Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of पृथिवी or earth which is defined as गन्धवती पृथ्वी T. S. -3 The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; घृतगन्धि भोजनम् Sk. -4 A perfume, any fragrant substance; एषा मया सेविता गन्धयुक्तिः Mk.8; Y.1. 231; Mu.1.4. -5 Sulphur. -6 Pounded sandal wood. -7 Connection, relationship. -8 A neighbour. -9 Pride, arrogance; as in आत्तगन्ध humbled or mortified. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -12 Similarity (सादृश्य); डुण्डुभानहिगन्धेन न त्वं हिंसितुमर्हसि Mb.1.1.3. -न्धम् 1 Smell. -2 Black aloewood. -Comp. -अधिकम् a kind of perfume. -अपकर्ष- णम् removing smells. -अम्बु n. fragrant water. -अम्ला the wild lemon tree. -अश्मन् m. sulphur. ...... गन्धा- श्मानं मनःशिलाम् । Śiva. B.3.19. -अष्टकम् a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered. Generally sandal, camphor, saffron, उशीर, cyperus pertenuis (Mar. नागरमोथा), गोरोचन, देवदार and a flower are used in the mixture. -आखुः the musk-rat. -आजीवः a vendor of perfumes. -आढ्य a. rich in odour, very fragrant; स्रजश्चोत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb. (-ढ्यः) the orange tree. (-ढ्यम्) sandal-wood. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of smell. -इभः, -गजः, -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । स वै गन्धगजो नाम नृपतेर्विजयावहः ॥ Pālakāpyam; शमयति गजानन्यान्गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5. 18; R.6.7;17.7; गन्धेन जेतुः प्रमुखागतस्य गन्धद्विपस्येव मतङ्गजौघः । Ki.17.17. -उत्तमा spirituous liquor. -उदम् scented water; Bhāg.9.11.26. -उपजीविन् m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer. -ओतुः (forming गन्धोतु वार्तिक or गन्धौतु) the civet cat. -कारिका 1 a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. -2 a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control. -कालिका, -काली f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; Mb.1. -काष्ठम् aloe-wood. -कुटी 1 a kind of perfume. (-टिः, -टी) -2 The Buddhist temple, any chamber used by Buddha; पुण्योद्देशवशाच्चकार रुचिरां शौद्धोदनेः श्रद्धया । श्रीमद्गन्धकुटीमिमामिव कुटीं मोक्षस्य सौख्यस्य च ॥ (An inscription at Gayā V.9. Ind. Ant. Vol.X). -केलिका, -चेलिका musk. -ग a. 1 taking a scent, smelling. -2 redolent. -गजः see गन्धेभ. -गुण a. having the property of odour. -घ्राणम् the smelling of any odour. -चरा f. The fourth stage of must of an elephant; Mātaṅga L.9.15. -जलम् fragrant water; सिक्तां गन्धजलैः Bhāg.1.11.14. -ज्ञा the nose. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet). -तैलम् 1 a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances. -2 sulphur-butter. -दारु n. aloe-wood. -द्रव्यम् a fragrant substance. -द्वार a. perceptible through the odour. -धारिन् a. bearing fragrance. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -धूलिः f. musk. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -नालिका, -नाली the nose. -निलया a kind of jasmine. -पः N. of a class of manes. -पत्रा, -पलाशी a species of zedoary. -पलाशिका turmeric. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पाषाणः sulphur. -पिशाचिका the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance). -पुष्पः 1 the Vetasa plant. -2 The Ketaka plant. (-ष्पम्) 1 a fragrant flower. -2 flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship. -पुष्पा an indigo plant. -पूतना a kind of imp or goblin. -फली 1 the Priyañgu creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -बन्धुः the mango tree. -मातृ f. the earth. -मादन a. intoxicating with fragrance. (-नः) 1 a large black bee. -2 sulphur. -3 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (-नः, -नम्) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests (-नम्) the forest on this mountain. -मादनी spirituous liquor. -मादिनी lac. -मार्जारः the civet cat. -मुखा, -मूषिकः, -मूषी f. the musk rat. -मृगः 1 the civet cat. -2 the musk-deer. -मैथुनः a bull. -मोदनः sulphur. -मोहिनी a bud of the Champaka tree. -युक्तिः f. preparation of perfumes. -रसः myrrh (Mar. रक्त्याबोळ); लाक्षां गन्धरसं चापि ...... Śiva. B.3.2. ˚अङ्गकः turpentine. -राजः a kind of jasmine. (-जम्) 1 a sort of perfume. -2 sandal-wood. -लता the Priyañgu creeper. -लोलुपा 1 a bee. -2 a fly or gnat. -वहः the wind; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति Ś.5.4; दिग्दक्षिणा गन्धवहं मुखेन Ku.3.25. -वहा the nose. -वाहः 1 the wind; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 the musk-deer. -वाही the nose. -विह्वलः wheat. -वृक्षकः, -वृक्ष the Śāla tree. -व्याकुलम् a kind of fragrant berry (कक्कोल.) -शुण़्डिनी the musk-rat. -शेखरः musk. -सारः 1 sandal. -2 a kind of jasmine. -सुखी, -सूयी the musk shrew. -सोमम् the white water-lily. -हस्तिन् m. a scent-elephant; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । तं गन्धहस्तिनं प्राहुर्नृपतोर्विजयावहम् ॥ Pālakāpyam. -हारिका a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf. गन्धकारिका.
chāyā छाया [छो-ण Uṇ.4.19] 1 Shade, shadow (changed at the end of Tat. comp. into छायम् when बाहुल्य or thickness of shade is meant; e. g. इक्षुच्छायनिषादिन्यः R.4.2; so 7.4;12.5; Mu.4.21); छायामधः सानुगतां निषेव्य Ku.1.5;6.46; अनुभवति हि मूर्ध्ना पादपस्तीव्रमुष्णं शमयति परितापं छायया संश्रितानाम् Ś.5.7; R.1.75;2.6;3.7; Me.67. -2 A reflected image, a reflection; छाया न मूर्छति मलोपहतप्रसादे शुद्धे तु दर्पणतले सुलभावकाशा Ś.7.32. -3 Resemblance, likeness; क्षित्यादीनामिहार्थानां छाया न कतमापि हि Bhāg.7.15.59. -4 A shadowy fancy, hallucination; असता छाययोक्ताय सदाभासाय ते नमः Bhāg.8.3.14. -5 Blending of colours. -6 Lustre, light; भ्रष्टश्च स्वरयोगो मे छाया चापगता मन Rām.2.69.2. छायामण्डललक्ष्येण R.4.5; रत्न- च्छायाव्यतिकरः Me.15,35. -7 Colour; Māl.6.5. -8 Colour of the face, complexion; केवलं लावण्यमयी छाया त्वां न मुञ्चति Ś.3; मेघैरन्तरितः प्रिये तव मुखच्छायानुकारी शशी S. D.; Pt.5.88. -9 Beauty क्षामच्छायं भवनम् Me.8,14. -1 Protection. -11 A row, line. -12 Darkness; (metaphorically) Avidyā; छायातपौ यत्र न गृध्रपक्षौ Bhāg.8.5.27. -13 A bribe. -14 N. of Durgā. -15 The shadow of gnomon as indicating the sun's position. -16 The Sun. -17 Nightmare. -18 N. of a wife of the sun (she was but a shadow or likeness of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun; consequently when संज्ञा went to her father's house without the knowledge of her husband, she put छाया in her own place. छाया bore to the sun three children :-two sons Sāvarṇi and Śani, and one daughter Tapanī). -19 A Sanskrit version of a Prākṛit text. -2 The Ganges; L. D. B. -21 Method; L. D. B. -22 A servant's chit; L. D. B. -यः One who grants shade. -Comp. -अङ्कः the moon. -आत्मन् m. a reflected image or form. -करः the bearer of an umbrella. -ग्रहः a mirror, or a sun-dial; प्रसन्नालापसंप्राप्तौ छायाग्रह इवापरः Rāj. T.3.154. -तनयः, -सुतः, -आत्मजः Saturn, son of छाया. -तरुः, -द्रुमः 1 a large umbrageous tree; स्निग्धच्छायातरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु Me.1; Ś.4.11. -2 The Nameru tree; छायावृक्षो नमेरौ स्यात् । Nm. -द्वितीय a. 'accompanied only by one's shadow', alone. -पथः the galaxy, the atmosphere; R.13.2. -भृत m. the moon. (-नम्) a measure of shadow. -मित्रम् a parasol. -मृगधरः the moon. -यन्त्रम् a sun-dial; छायाम्बुयन्त्रसंविदिते Bṛi. S.2.3.
jala जल a. [जल् अच् डस्य लो वा] 1 Dull, cold, frigid = जड q. v. -2 Stupid, idiotic. -लम् 1 Water; तातस्य कूपो$- यमिति ब्रुवाणाः क्षारं जलं कापुरुषाः पिबन्ति । Pt.1.322. -2 A kind of fragrant medicinal plant or perfume (ह्रीवेर). -3 The embryo or uterus of a cow. -5 The constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -Comp. -अञ्चलम् 1 a spring. -2 a natural water-course. -3 moss. -अञ्जलिः 1 a handful of water. -2 a libation of water presented to the manes of a deceased person; कुपुत्रमासाद्य कुतो जलाञ्जलिः Chāṇ 69; मानस्यापि जलाञ्जलिः सरभसं लोके न दत्तो यथा Amaru. 97 (where, जलाञ्जलिं दा means 'to leave or give up'). -अटनः a heron. -अटनी a leech. -अणुकम्, -अण्डकम् the fry of fish. -अण्टकः a shark. -अत्ययः autumn (शरद्); पृष्ठतो$नुप्रयातानि मेघानिव जलात्यये Rām.2.45.22. -अधिदैवतः, -तम् an epithet of Varuṇa. (-तम्) the constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -अधिपः an epithet of Varuṇa. -अम्बिका a well. -अर्कः the image of the sun reflected in water. -अर्णवः 1 the rainy season. -2 the ocean of sweet water. -अर्थिन् a. thirsty. -अवतारः a landing-place at a river-side. -अष्ठीला a large square pond. -असुका a leech. -आकरः a spring, fountain, well. -आकाङ्क्षः, -काङ्क्षः, -काङ्क्षिन् m. an elephant. -आखुः an otter. -आगमः rain; तपति प्रावृषि सुतरामभ्यर्ण- जलागमो दिवसः Ratn.3.1. -आढ्य a. watery, marshy. -आत्मिका a leech. -आधारः a pond, lake, reservoir of water. -आयुका a leech. -आर्द्र a. wet. (-र्द्रम्) wet garment or clothes. (-र्द्रा) a fan wetted with water. -आलोका a leech. -आवर्तः eddy, whirl-pool. -आशय a. 1 resting or lying in water. -2 stupid, dull, apathetic. (-यः) 1 a pond, lake, reservoir. -2 a fish. -3 the ocean. -4 the fragrant root of a plant (उशीर). -आश्रयः 1 a pond. -2 water-house. -आह्वयम् a lotus. -इन्द्रः 1 an epithet of Varuṇa. -2 N. of Mahādeva. -3 the ocean; जलेन्द्रः पुंसि वरुणे जम्भले च महोदधौ Medinī. -इन्धनः the submarine fire. -इभः a water-elephant. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Varuṇa; भीमोद्भवां प्रति नले च जलेश्वरे च N. -2 the ocean. -उच्छ्वासः 1 a channel made for carrying off excess of water, drain, (cf. परीवाह). -2 overflow of a river. -उदरम् dropsy. -उद्भव a. aquatic. (-वा) benzoin. -उरगा, -ओकस् m., -ओकसः a leech. -कण्टकः a crocodile. -कपिः the Gangetic porpoise. -कपोतः a water-pigeon. -कर a. making or pouring forth water. (-रः) tax for water. -करङ्कः 1 a shell. -2 a cocoa-nut. -3 a cloud. -4 a wave. -5 a lotus. -कल्कः mud. -कल्मषः the poison produced at the churning of the ocean; तस्यापि दर्शयामास स्ववीर्यं जलकल्मषः Bhāg.8. 7.44. -काकः the diver-bird. -कान्तः the wind. -कान्तारः an epithet of Varuṇa. -किराटः a shark. -कुक्कुटः a water-fowl; जलकुक्कुटकोयष्टिदात्यूहकुलकूजितम् Bhāg.8.2.16. (-टी) the black-headed gull. -कुन्तलः, -कोशः moss. -कूपी 1 a spring, well. -2 a pond. -3 a whirlpool; जलकूपी कूपगर्ते पुष्करिण्यां च योषिति Medinī. -कूर्मः the porpoise. -कृत् a. Causing rain; दिवसकृतः प्रतिसूर्यो जलकृत् (मेघः) Bṛi. S. -केलिः, m. or f., -क्रीडा playing in water, splashing one another with water. -केशः moss. -क्रिया presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased. -गुल्मः 1 a turtle. -2 a quadrangular tank. -3 a whirlpool. -चर a. (also जलेचर) aquatic. (-रः) 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish. -3 any kind of water-fowl. ˚आजीवः, ˚जीवः a fisherman. -चत्वरम् a square tank. -चारिन् m. 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish. -ज a. born or produced in water. (-जः) 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish; स्वयमेव हतः पित्रा जलजेनात्मजो यथा Rām.2.61.22. -3 sea-salt. -4 a collective name for several signs of the zodiac. -5 moss. -6 the moon. (-जः, जम्) 1 a shell. -2 the conch-shell; अधरोष्ठे निवेश्य दघ्मौ जलजं कुमारः R.7. 63,1.6; इत्यादिश्य हृषीकेशः प्रध्माय जलजोत्तमम् Bhāg.8.4. 26. -3 (-जः) The Kaustubha gem; जलजः कौस्तुभे मीने तत् क्लीबे शङ्खपद्मयोः । Nm. (जः) -4 A kind of horse born in water; वाजिनो जलजाः केचिद् वह्निजातास्तथापरे । शालिहोत्र of भोज, Appendix II,12. (-जम्) a lotus. ˚आजीवः a fisherman. ˚आसनः an epithet of Brahmā; वाचस्पतिरुवाचेदं प्राञ्जलिर्जलजासनम् Ku.2.3. ˚कुसुमम् the lotus. ˚द्रव्यम् a pearl, shell or any other thing produced from the sea. -जन्तुः 1 a fish, -2 any aquatic animal. -जन्तुका a leech. -जन्मन् a lotus. -जिह्वः a crocodile. -जीविन् m. a fisherman. -डिम्बः a bivalve shell. -तरङ्गः 1 a wave. -2 a metal cup filled with water producing harmonic notes like a musical glass. -ताडनम् (lit.) 'beating water'; (fig.) any useless occupation. -तापिकः, -तापिन्, -तालः The Hilsa fish; L. D. B. -त्रा an umbrella. -त्रासः hydrophobia. -दः 1 a cloud; जायन्ते विरला लोके जलदा इव सज्जनाः Pt.1.29. -2 camphor. ˚अशनः the Śāla tree. -आगमः the rainy season; सरस्तदा मानसं तु ववृधे जलदागमे Rām.7.12.26. ˚आभ a. black, dark. ˚कालः the rainy season. ˚क्षयः autumn. -दर्दुरः a kind of musical instrument. -देवः the constellation पूर्वाषाढा. -देवता a naiad, water-nymph. -द्रोणी a bucket. -द्वारम् A gutter, a drain, Māna.31.99. -धरः 1 a cloud. -2 the ocean. -धारा a stream of water. -धिः 1 the ocean. -2 a hundred billions. -3 the number 'four'. ˚गा a river. ˚जः the moon. ˚जा Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. ˚रशना the earth. -नकुलः an otter. -नरः a merman. -नाडी, -ली a water-course. -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 the number 'four'. -निर्गमः 1 a drain, water-course. -2 a water-fall, descent of a spring &c. into a river below. -नीलिः moss. -पक्षिन् m. a water-fowl. -पटलम् a cloud. -पतिः 1 the ocean. -2 an epithet of Varuṇa. -पथः a sea voyage; R.17.81. -पद्धतिः f. a gutter, drain. -पात्रम् 'a water-pot', drinking-vessel. -पारावतः a water-pigeon. -पित्तम् fire. -पुष्पम् an aquatic flower. -पूरः 1 a flood of water. -2 a full stream of water. -पृष्ठजा moss. -प्रदानम् presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased. -प्रपातः 1 a water-fall. -2 rainy season; शरत्प्रतीक्षः क्षमतामिमं भवाञ्जलप्रपातं रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47. -प्रलयः destruction by water. -प्रान्तः the bank of a river. -प्रायम् a country abounding with water; जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात् Ak. -प्रियः 1 the Chātaka bird. -2 a fish. (-या) an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī. -प्लवः an otter. -प्लावनम् a deluge, an inundation. -बन्धः, बन्धकः a dam, dike, rocks or stones impeding a current. -बन्धुः a fish. -बालकः, -वालकः the Vindhya mountain. -बालिका lightning. -बिडालः an otter. -बिम्बः, -म्बम् a bubble. -बिल्वः 1 a (quadrangular) pond, lake. -2 a tortoise. -3 a crab. -भीतिः f. hydrophobia. -भू a. produced in water. -भूः m. 1 a cloud. -2 a place for holding water. -3 a kind of camphor. -भूषणः wind. -भृत् m. 1 a cloud. -2 a jar. -3 camphor. -मक्षिका a water-insect. -मण़्डूकम् a kind of musical instrument; (= जलदर्दुर). -मद्गुः a king-fisher. -मसिः 1 a cloud. -2 camphor. -मार्गः a drain, canal. -मार्जारः an otter. -मुच् m. 1 a cloud; Me.69. -2 a kind of camphor. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूर्तिका hail. -मोदम् a fragrant root (उशीर). -यन्त्रम् 1 a machine for raising water (Mar. रहाट). -2 a waterclock, clepsydra. -3 a fountain. ˚गृहम्, ˚निकेतनम्, ˚मन्दिरम् a house erected in the midst of water (a summerhouse) or one supplied with artificial fountains; क्वचिद् विचित्रं जलयन्त्रमन्दिरम् Ṛs.1.2. -यात्रा a sea-voyage. -यानम् a ship. -रङ्कुः a kind of gallinule. -रण्डः, रुण्डः 1 a whirlpool. -2 a drop of water, drizzle, thin sprinkling. -3 a snake. -रसः sea-salt. -राशिः the ocean. -रुह्, -हम् a lotus. -रूपः a crocodile. -लता a wave, billow. -वरण्टः a watery pustule. -वाद्यम् a kind of musical instrument. -वायसः a diver-bird. -वासः residence in water. (-सम्) = उशीर q. v. -वाहः 1 a cloud; साद्रिजलधिजलवाहपथम् Ki.12.21. -2 a waterbearer. -3 a kind of camphor. -वाहकः, -नः a watercarrier. -वाहनी an aqueduct. -विषुवम् the autumnal equinox. -वृश्चिकः a prawn. -वैकृतम् any change in the waters of rivers indicating a bad omen. -व्यधः A kind of fish; L. D. B. -व्यालः 1 a water-snake. -2 a marine monster. -शयः, -शयनः, -शायिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu; -शय्या lying in water (a kind of religious rite); द्वादशं हि गतं वर्षं जलशय्यां समासतः Rām.7. 76.17. -शर्करा A hailstone; तीव्रैर्मरुद्गणैर्नुन्ना ववृषुर्जलशर्कराः Bhāg.1.25.9. -शुक्तिः f. a bivalve shell. -शुचि a. bathed, washed. -शूकम् moss. -शूकरः a crocodile. -शोषः drought. -समुद्रः the ocean of fresh water. -संपर्कः mixture or dilution with water. -सर्पिणी a leech. -सूचिः f. 1 the Gangetic porpoise. -2 a kind of fish. -3 a crow. -4 a water-nut. -5 a leech. -स्थानम्, -स्थायः a pond, lake, reservoir; कदचित्तं जलस्थायं मत्स्य- बन्धाः समन्ततः Rām.12.137.5. -स्रावः A kind of eyedisease. -हम् a small water-house (rather summerhouse) furnished with artificial fountains. -हस्तिन् m. a water-elephant. -हारिणी a drain. -हासः 1 foam. -2 cuttle-fish-bone considered as the foam of the sea.
jñāpaka ज्ञापक a. [ज्ञा-णिच् ल्यु] Making known, teaching, informing, indicating &c. -कः 1 A teacher. -2 A commander, a master. -3 A master of requests, an officer of the court of an Indian prince; Pt.3. -कम् (In phil.) A significant expression, a suggestive rule or precept, said of such rules as imply something more than what is actually expressed by the words of those rules themselves.
jñāpanam ज्ञापनम् [ज्ञा णिच्-ल्युट्] Making known, informing, teaching, announcing, indicating; क्षितिभृद्दाक्षिणात्यानां तिर्यक्त्वज्ञापनाय सः Rāj. T.4.18.
trailokyam त्रैलोक्यम् The three worlds taken collectively. -Comp. -चिन्तामणिः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -प्रभवः N. of Rāma; प्रसूतिं चकमे तस्मिंस्त्रैलोक्यप्रभवो$पि यत् R.1.53. -बन्धुः the sun; यो वालिनः शौर्यनिधेरमित्रस्त्रैलौक्य- बन्धोस्तपनस्य सूनुः P.R.6.42. -विजया intoxicating potion prepared from hemp.
dīkṣā दीक्षा [दीक्ष्-भावे-अ] 1 (a) Consecration for a religious ceremony, initiation in general; अजस्रदीक्षाप्रयतस्य मद्गुरोः क्रियाविघाताय कथं प्रवर्तसे R.3.44,65. (b) Receiving the initiatory mantra. -2 A ceremony preliminary to a sacrifice; Bhāg.3.13.37. -3 A ceremony or religious rite in general; विवाहदीक्षाम्, R.3.33; Ku.7.1,8, 24. -4 Investiture with the sacred thread. -5 Dedicating oneself to a particular object, self-devotion; विश्व- त्राणैकदीक्षाः; विष्णुपादादिकेशान्तवर्णनस्तोत्रम् 33. -Comp. -अन्तः a supplementary sacrifice made to atone for the defects in a preceding one. -आश्रमः (अवभृथ) (वैखानसः) the third stage of life (वानप्रस्थाश्रम); Mb.12.66.8. -पतिः the Soma. -यूपः A sacrificial post.
deva देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.
nalinī नलिनी 1 A lotus-plant; न पर्वताग्रे नलिनी प्ररोहति Mk.4.17; नलिनीदलगतजलमतितरलम् Moha M.5; Ku.4.6. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A pond or place abounding in lotuses. राजन्तीं राजराजस्य नलिनीमिव सर्वतः Rām.2.95.4; नलिन्यो यत्र क्रीडन्ति प्रमदाः सुरसेविताः Bhāg.8.15.13. -4 A lotus or the stalk of it. -5 The celestial Ganges. -6 The intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut. -7 A myst. -8 N. of one of the nostrils. -9 the city of Indra (शक्रपुरी); 'वस्वौकसारा श्रीदस्य शक्रस्य नलिनी पुरी' इति हरिः; Rām.2.94. 26. -Comp. -खण्डम् -षण्डम् a group or assemblage of lotuses. -दलम्, पत्रम् a leaf of the lotus plant. -रुहः an epithet of Brahmā. (-हम्) a lotus-stalk, the fibres of a lotus.
nidarśaka निदर्शक a. 1 Seeing. -2 Seeing into, perceiving. -3 Pointing out, proclaiming, indicating, showing.
nirdeśaḥ निर्देशः 1 Pointing out, showing, indicating. -2 Order, command, direction; तमशक्यमपाक्रष्टुं निर्देशात् स्वर्गिणः पितुः R.12.17 (v. l. निदेशात्). -3 Advice, instruction. -4 Telling, saying, declaring. -5 Specifying, particularization, specification, specific mention; अयुक्तो$यं निर्देशः Mbh.; ऊँ तत्सदिति निर्देशो ब्रह्मणस्त्रिविधः स्मृतः Bg.17.23. -6 Ascertainment. -7 Vicinity, proximity. -8 Description, designation. -9 Agreement, promise; कृताशं कृत- निर्देशं कृतभक्तं कृतश्रमम् । भेदैर्ये व्यपकर्षन्ति ते वै निरयगामिनः ॥ Mb.13.23.7.
nirvyañjaka निर्व्यञ्जक a. Indicating, betraying; प्राप्तः संप्रति राम- रावणरणः स्नेहस्य निर्व्यञ्जकः Mv.5.62.
nivedaka निवेदक a. Informing, communicating &c.
parisrut परिस्रुत् f. 1 A kind of intoxicating liquor. -2 Trickling, dropping, flowing.
पा I. 1 P. (पिबति, पीत; pass. पीयते) 1 To drink, quaff; पिब स्तन्यं पोत Bv.1.6; दुःशासनस्य रुधिरं न पिबाम्युरस्तः Ve.1.15; R.3.54; Ku.3.36; Māl.8.5; Bk.14.92; 15.6. -2 To kiss; पिबत्यसौ पाययते च सिन्धूः R.13.9; Ś. 1.23. -3 To drink in, inhale; पिबन् यशो मूर्तमिवाबभासे R. 7.63. -4 To drink in (with the eyes or ears); feast on, look at or listen to intently; समदुःखः पीयते नयनाभ्याम् V.1; निवातपद्मस्तिमितेन चक्षुषा नृपस्य कान्तं पिबतः सुताननम् R.3.17; 2.19,93;11.36;13.3; Me.16; Ku.7. -5 To absorb, drink or swallow up; (बाणैः) आयुर्देहातिगैः पीतं रुधिरं तु पतत्रिभिः R.12.48. -6 To drink intoxicating liquors. -Caus. (पाययति-ते) 1 To cause to drink, give to drink; अनन्यसामान्यकलत्रवृत्तिः पिबत्यसौ पाययते च सिन्धूः R.13.9; Bk.8.41,62. -2 To water. -Desid. (पिपासति) To wish to drink &c.; हालाहलं खलु पिपासति कौतुकेन Bv. 1.95. -II.2 P. (पाति, पात) 1 To protect, guard, keep, defend, preserve; (oft. with abl.); पर्याप्तो$सि प्रजाः पातुम् R.1.25; पान्तु त्वां......भूतेशस्य भुजङ्गवल्लिवलयस्रङ्नद्धजूटा जटाः Māl.1.2; जीवन् पुनः शश्वदुपप्लवेभ्यः प्रजाः प्रजानाथ पितेव पासि R.2.48. -2 To rule, govern; पान्तु पृथ्वीं...भूपाः Mk.1. 61. -3 To beware of. -4 Ved. To observe, notice. -5 To keep, observe, tend, take notice of. -Caus. (पालयति- ते) 1 To protect, guard, keep, preserve; कथं दुष्ठुः स्वयं धर्मे प्रजास्त्वं पालयिष्यसि Bk.6.132; Ms.9.18; R.9.2. -2 To rule, govern; तां पुरीं पालयामास Rām. -3 To observe, keep, adhere to, fulfil (as a vow or promise); पालितसङ्गराय R.13.65. -4 To bring up, nourish, maintain. -5 To wait for; अत्रोपविश्य मुहूर्तमार्यः पालयतु कृष्णागम- नम् Ve.1.
piśuna पिशुन a. [पिश्-उनच् किच्च; Uṇ.3.55] 1 (a) Indicating, manifesting, evincing, displaying, indicative of; शत्रूनामनिशं विनाशपिशुनः Śi.1.75; तुल्यानुरागपिशुनम् V.2.14; R.1.53; Amaru.97. (b) Memorable for, commemorating; क्षेत्रं क्षत्रप्रधनपिशुनं कौरवं तद् भजेथाः Me.48. -2 Slanderous, back-biting, calumniating; पिशुनजनं खलु बिभ्रति क्षितीन्द्राः Bv.1.74. -3 Betraying, treacherous. -4 Harsh, cruel, unkind. -5 Wicked, malicious; malignant. -6 Low, vile, contemptible; of a wicked person; पिशुनं भोजनं भुङ्क्ते ब्रह्महत्यासमं विदुः Mb.13.136.16. -7 Foolish, stupid. -नः 1 A slanderer, back-biter, tale-bearer, base informer, traitor, calumniator; वरं प्राणत्यागो न च पिशुन- वाक्येष्वभिरुचिः; H.1.116; Pt.1.34; Ms.3.161; पिशुनता यद्यस्ति किं पातकैः Bh.1.55. -2 Cotton. -3 An epithet of Nārada. -4 A crow. -5 N. of a goblin (said to be dangerous to pregnant women). -6 N. of a writer on अर्थशास्त्र mentioned by Kauṭilya in connection with राज- पुत्ररक्षण; Kau. A.1.17. -नम् 1 Betraying. -2 Saffron. -Comp. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम्, -वादः slander, detraction, calumny.
prakāśaka प्रकाशक a. (-शिका f.) 1 Illuminating, giving light. -2 Making apparent, discovering, disclosing, evincing, betraying, displaying. -3 Expressing, indicating. -4 Explaining, making clear, expounding. -5 Bright; shining, brilliant. -6 Noted, celebrated, renowned. -कः 1 The sun. -2 A discoverer. -3 An expounder. -4 A publisher. -Comp. -ज्ञातृ m. a cock.
prakhyāpanam प्रख्यापनम् 1 Publishing, making public. -2 Communicating. -3 Information.
prajñaptiḥ प्रज्ञप्तिः f. 1 Agreement, engagement. -2 Teaching, informing, communicating. -3 A doctrine. -4 Intellect. -5 N. of a goddess, Vidyādevī (Jainism).
pratiṣṭhāpanam प्रतिष्ठापनम् 1 Placing, locating. -2 Installation, inauguration. -3 Consecrating or setting up of an idol. -4 Establishment, corroboration. -ना Counter-assertion.
pradeśaḥ प्रदेशः 1 Pointing out, indicating. -2 A place, region, spot, country, territory, district; पितुः प्रदेशास्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45; R.5.6; so कण्ठ˚, तालु˚, हृदय˚, &c. -3 A span measured from the tip of the thumb to that of the fore-finger. -4 Decision, determination. -5 A wall. -6 An example (in gram.). -7 (With Jainas) One of the obstacles to liberation. -a. Commanding (ईशनशील); एते प्रदेशाः कथिता भुवनानां प्रभावनाः Mb.12.28.1. (com. प्रदेशाः प्रदिशन्ति आज्ञापयन्तीति). -Comp. -शास्त्रम् a book containing examples.
birudaḥ बिरुदः 1 A token worn on the arm or hand etc. indicating excellence; बिरुदैश्च ध्वजैरुच्चैः कोषेणापि च भूयसा Śiva. B.1.26. -2 A panegyric; पेठुश्च प्रथितामुच्चैर्बन्दिनो बिरुदावलिम् Śiva B.1.82; see विरुद. -Comp. -घण्टा, -वादः a proclamation; अद्वैतश्रीजयबिरुदघण्टाघणघणः Śāṅ. Digv.4.78; हनुमानिति कस्यचित् कपेरुपरि लोकस्य बिरुदवादबहुमानः Saugandhikā-haraṇa.
bījam बीजम् 1 Seed (fig. also), seedcorn, grain; अरण्य- बीजाञ्जलिदानलालिताः Ku.5.15; बीजाञ्जलिः पतति कीटमुखावलीढः Mk.1.9; R.19.57; Ms.9.33. -2 A germ, element. -3 Origin, source, cause; बीजप्रकृतिः Ś.1.1 (v. l.). -4 Semen virile; यदमोघमपामन्तरुप्तं बीजमज त्वया Ku.2.5,6. -5 The seed or germ of the plot of a play, story &c.; see S. D.318. -6 Marrow. -7 Algebra. -8 The mystical letter forming the essential part of the Mantra of a deity. -9 Truth, divine truth. -1 A receptacle, place of deposit. -11 Calculation of primary germs. -12 Analysis. -13 The position of the arms of a child at birth. -जः The citron tree. (बीजाकृ means 1 To sow with seed; व्योमनि बीजाकुरुते Bv.1.98. -2 To plough over after sowing). -Comp. -अक्षरम् the first syllable of a Mantra. -अङ्कुरः a seed-shoot, first shoot; अपेक्षते प्रत्ययमुत्तमं त्वां बीजाङ्कुरः प्रागुदयादिवाम्भः Ku.3.18; Pt.1.223. (-रौ) seed and sprout. ˚न्यायः the maxim of seed and sprout; see under न्याय. -अङ्घ्रिकः a camel. -अध्यक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -उपहारिणी a witch. -अम्लम् the fruit of Spondias Magnifera (Mar. कोकंबी). -अर्थ a. desirous of procreation. -अश्वः a stallion. -आढ्यः, -पूरः, -पूरकः the citron tree. (-रम्, -रकम् the fruit of citron. -उत्कृष्टम् good seed; अबीज- विक्रयी चैव बीजोत्कृष्टं तथैव च Ms.9.291. -उदकम् hail. -उप्तिः f. sowing seed. ˚चक्रम् a kind of astrological diagram for indicating good or bad luck following on the sowing of seed. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -कृत् a. producing semen. (-n.) an aphrodisiac. -कोशः, -कोषः 1 the seed-vessel. -2 the seed-vessel of the lotus. (-शी) a pod, legume. -क्रिया algebraic operation or solution. -गणितम् 1 analysis of primary causes. -2 the science of Algebra. -3 N. of the 2 nd part of सिद्धान्तशिरोमणि. -गर्भः Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -गुप्तिः f. a pod, legume. -दर्शकः a stage-manager. -द्रव्यम् primary or original matter. -धान्यम् coriander (Mar. धने). -निर्वापणम् sowing seed. -न्यासः making known the germ of the plot of a play. -पादपः Semecarpus Anacardium (Mar. बिब्बा). -पुरुषः the progenitor of a family. -पुष्पः, -पूरणः the citron tree; Rām.2.91.3. -पुष्पिका Andropogon Saccharatus (Mar. जोंधळा, ऊंस). -पेशिका the scrotum. -प्रदः a procreator, generator. -प्रभावः the power of the seed; यस्माद्बीजप्रभावेण तिर्यग्जा ऋषयो$भवन् Ms.1.72. -प्ररोहिन् a, growing from seed. -प्रसूः the earth. -फलकः the citron tree. -मतिः f. a mind capable of analysis, the power of penetrating into the very first principles. -मन्त्रः a mystical syllable with which a Mantra begins. -मातृका the pericarp of a lotus. -मात्रम् only as much as is required for seed (for the preservation of a family). -रत्नम् a kind of seed. -रुहः grain, corn. -वपनम् 1 a field. -2 the act of sowing seed. -वरः a kidney-bean (Mar. उडीद). -वापः 1 a sower of seed; an agriculturist (कृषीवल); कालं प्रतीक्षस्व सुखोदयस्य पङ्क्तिं फलानामिव बीजवापः Mb.3.34. 19. -2 sowing seed. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -सूः The earth. -सेक्तृ m. a procreator, progenitor; cf. Ms. 9.51 (com.) -स्नेहः the Palāśa tree (Mar. पळस). -हरा, -हारिणी a witch.
bodhana बोधन a. [बुध्-णिच् ल्यु-ल्युट् वा] 1Informing, acquainting. -2 Explaining, indicating. -3 Arousing, waking. -4 Kindling, inflaming. -नः The planet Mercury (बुधः); बुध इव शिशिरांशोर्बोधनस्येव देवः V.5.21. -नम् 1 Informing, teaching, instruction, giving a knowledge of; भयरुषोश्च तदिङ्गितबोधनम् R.9.49. -2 Denoting, signifying. -3 Arousing, awakening; समयेन तेन चिरसुप्तमनोभवबोधनं सममबोधिषत Śi.9.24. -4 Observing, perceiving. -5 Waking, being awake. -6 Making attentive. -7 Burning incence. -नी 1 The eleventh day in the bright half of Kārtika when Viṣṇu rises from his four months' sleep; शयनीबोधनीमध्ये या कृष्णैकादशी भवेत् । सैवोपोष्या गृहस्थेन नान्या कृष्णा कदाचन Tithyādi. -2 Long pepper. -3 Understanding, knowledge.
bhaṅgā भङ्गा 1 Hemp. -2 An intoxicating drink prepared from hemp. -Comp. -कटम् the pollen of hemp.
bhāvaḥ भावः [भू-भावे घञ्] 1 Being, existing, existence; नासतो विद्यते भावः Bg.2.16. -2 Becoming, occurring, taking place. -3 State, condition, state of being; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; U.6.23; so कातरभावः, विवर्णभावः &c. -4 Manner, mode. -6 Rank, station, position, capacity; देवीभावं गमिता K. P.1; so प्रेष्यभावम्, किंकरभावम् &c. -6 (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; परं भावमजानन्तः Bg.7.24; इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसम- न्विताः 1.8. (b) Sincerity, devotion; त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52;2.26. -7 Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U.6.14. -8 Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; हृदयनिहितभावा गूढमन्त्रप्रचाराः किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43; Ms.8.25;4.65; निकृष्टोत्कृष्टयोर्भावं यास्तु गृह्णन्ति ताः स्त्रियः Bu. Ch.4.23. -9 Feeling, emotion, sentiment; एको भावः Pt.3.66; Ku.6. 95; निर्विकारात्मके चित्ते भावः प्रथमविक्रिया S. D. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either स्थायिन् primary, or व्यभिचारिन् subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own स्थायिभाव. The latter are thirty-three of thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G. first ānana, or K. P.4). -1 Love, affection; attachment; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया विवव्रुः Ku.3.35; कुमुद्वती भानुमतीव भावं (बबन्ध) R.6.36. -11 Purport, drift, gist, substance; इति भावः (often used by commentators); जनको$प्युत्स्मयन् राजा भावमस्या विशेषयन् । प्रतिजग्राह भावेन भावमस्या नृपोत्तम Mb.12,32.18. -12 Meaning, intention, sense, import; अन्योन्यभावचतुरेण सखीजनेन मुक्तास्तदा स्मितसुधामधुराः कटाक्षाः Māl.1.25. -13 Resolution, determination. -14 The heart, soul, mind; तयोर्विवृतभावत्वात् Māl.1.12; भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत् तपो मानसमुच्यते Bg.17.16; स्व एव भावे विनिगृह्य मन्मथम् Bu. Ch.4.11. -15 Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् Rām.2.94.18; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दुकलादयः Māl.1.17,36; R.3.41; U.3.32. -16 A being, living creature. -17 Abstract meditation, contemplation (= भावना q. v.). -18 Conduct, movement. -19 (a) Gesture, behaviour; अहिंसा समता... भवन्ति भावा भूतानाम् Bg.1.5. (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment; gesture of love; कामं प्रिया न सुलभा मनस्तु तद्भावदर्शनाश्वासि Ś.2.1. -2 Birth; तवाहं पूर्वके भावे पुत्रः परपुरंजय Rām.7.14.2. -21 The world, universe. -22 The womb. -23 Will; घोरैर्विव्यधतुर्बाणैः कृतभावावुभौ जये Rām.6.9.38. -24 Superhuman power; मिथो घ्नतं न पश्यन्ति भावैर्भावं पृथग्दृशः Bhāg.1.4.27. -25 Advice, instruction. -26 (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); भाव अयमस्मि V.1; तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः) Māl.1. -27 (In gram.) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; भावे क्तः. -28 A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb. -29 (In astr.) An astronomical house. -3 A lunar mansion. -31 An organ of sense. -32 Welfare (कल्याण); भावमिच्छति सर्वस्य नाभावे कुरुते मनः Mb.5.36.16. -33 Protection; द्रोणस्याभावभावे तु प्रसक्तानां यथा$भवत् Mb.7.25.64. -34 Fate, destiny (प्रारब्ध); नातिप्रहीणरश्मिः स्यात्तथा भावविपर्यये Mb.5.77.14. -35 Consciousness of past perceptions (वासना); येभ्यः सृजति भूतानि काले भावप्रचोदितः । महाभूतानि पञ्चेति तान्याहुर्भूतचिन्तिकाः ॥ Mb.12.275.4. -36 Lordship (प्रभुत्व); ते$पि भावाय कल्पन्ते राजदण्डनिपीडिताः Rām.2.67. 32. -37 The six states (अवस्थाषट्क); A, Rām.1.7.31. -Comp. -अनुग a. not forced, natural. (-गा) a shadow. -अन्तरम् a different state. -अद्वैतम् 1 a natural cause. -2 material cause (as thread of a cloth). -3 identity of conception, oneness of view. -अर्थः 1 the obvious meaning or import (of a word, phrase &c.). -2 the subject matter; सर्वेषामपि वस्तूनां भावार्थो भवति स्थितः Bhāg.1.14.57. -आकूतम् (secret) thoughts of the mind; हृदयनिहितं भावाकूतं वमद्भिरिवेक्षणैः Amaru.4. -आख्यः One of the two types of creation according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यस्तस्माद् द्विविधः प्रवर्तते सर्गः Sāṅ. K.52. -आत्मक a. real, actual. -आभासः simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion. -आलीना a shadow. -एकरस a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -कर्तृकः an impersonal verb; Kāśi. on P. II.3.54. -गतिः f. power to convey human feelings; भावगतिराकृतीनाम् Pratimā 3. -गम्भीरम् ind. 1 heartily, from the bottom of the heart. -2 deeply, gravely. -गम्य a. conceived by the mind; ममत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 understanding the sense. -2 appreciating the sentiment. -ग्राह्य a. to be conceived with the heart; भावग्राह्यमनीडाख्यं भावाभावकरं शिवम् Śvet. Up.5.14. -चेष्टितम् amorous gesture. -जः 1 love. -2 the god of love. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. knowing the heart. -दर्शिन् a. see भालदर्शिन्. -निर्वृत्तिः the material creation (Sāṅ. phil.); न विना लिङ्गेन भावनिर्वृत्तिः Sāṅ. K.52. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -बन्धन a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; रथाङ्गनाम्नोरिव भावबन्धनं बभूव यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम् R.3.24. -बोधक a. indicating or revealing any feeling. -मिश्रः a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); प्रसीदन्तु भावमिश्राः Ś.6. -रूप a. real, actual. -वचनम् denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb. -वाचकम् an abstract noun. -विकारः a property of a being; षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वार्ष्यायणिः । जायते$स्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते$पक्षीयते नश्यति । -वृत्तः an epithet of Brahman. -शबलत्वम् a mixture of various emotions (भावानां बाध्यबाधकभावमापन्नानामुदासीनानां वा व्यामिश्रणम् R. G., vide examples given ad loc.). -शुद्धिः f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity. -शून्य a. devoid of real love; उपचारविधिर्मनस्विनीनां न तु पूर्वाभ्यधिको$पि भावशून्यः M.3.3. -संधिः the union or co-existence of two emotions (भावसंधिरन्योन्यानभिभूतयोरन्योन्याभिभावनयोग्ययोः सामानाधिकरण्यम् R. G., see the examples there given). -समाहित a. abstracted in mind, devout. -सर्गः the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. भौतिकसर्ग or material creation). -स्थ a. attached; devoted (to one); न वेत्सि भावस्थमिमं कथं जनम् Ku.5.58. -स्थिर a. firmly rooted in the heart; Ś.5.2. -स्निग्ध a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; भावस्निग्धैरुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतां याति किंचित् Pt.1.285. -भावंगम a. charming, lovely.
matsara मत्सर a. [मद्-सरन्; Uṇ.3.73] 1 Jealous, envious. -2 Insatiate, greedy, covetous. -3 Niggardly. -4 Wicked. -5 Selfish, self-interested. -6 Ved. Satisfying. -7 Intoxicating (Ved.). -रः 1 Envy, jealousy; अदत्ताव- काशो मत्सरस्य K.45; परवृद्धिषु बद्धमत्सराणाम् Ki.13.7; Śi.9. 63; Ku.5.17; निन्दन्ति मां सदा लोका धिगस्तु मम जीवनम् । इत्यात्मनि भवेद्यस्तु धिक्कारः स च मत्सरः Kriyāyogasāra. -2 Hostility, enmity; स चापमुत्सृज्य विवृद्धमत्सरः R.3.6. -3 Pride; इति धौतपुरंध्रिमत्सरान् सरसि मज्जनेन Śi.8.71. -4 Covetousness, greediness. -5 Anger, passion. -6 The Soma. -रः, -रा A gnat. -री (In music) a particular मूर्च्छना.
matsarin मत्सरिन् a. [मत्सर-इनि] 1 Envious, jealous; परवृद्धि- मत्सरि मनो हि मानिनाम् Śi.15.1;2.115; दुष्टात्मा परगुणमत्सरी मनुष्यः Mk.9.37; R.18.19. -2 Hostile, inimical. -3 Greedy of, selfishly addicted to (with loc.) -4 Wicked. -5 Ved. Intoxicating. -6 Satisfying.
madaḥ मदः [मद्-अच्] 1 Intoxication, drunkenness, inebriety; मदेनास्पृश्ये Dk.; मदविकाराणां दर्शकः K.45; see comps. below. -2 Madness, insanity. -3 Ardent passion, wanton or lustful passion, lasciviousness, lust; इति मदमदनाभ्यां रागिणः स्पष्टरागान् Śi.1.91. -4 Rut, ichor, or the juice that exudes from the temples of an elephant in rut; मदेन भाति कलभः प्रतापेन महीपतिः Chandr.5.45; so मदकलः, मदोन्मत्त; Me.2; R.2.7;12.12. -5 Love, desire, ardour. -6 Pride, arrogance, conceit; तं मोहाच्छ्रयते मदः स च मदाद्दास्येन निर्विद्यते Pt.1.24. -7 Rapture, excessive delight. -8 Spirituous liquor; पाययित्वा मदं सम्यक् Śukra. 4.1171. -9 Honey. -1 Musk. -11 Semen virile. -12 Soma. -13 Any beautiful object. -14 A river (नद) -15 Beauty; नीलारविन्दमदभङ्गिमदैः कटाक्षैः Bv.3.4. -16 N. of the 7th astrological mansion. -दी 1 A drinking-cup. -2 Any agricultural implement (such as a plough &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः, -आतङ्कः any distemper (such as headache) resulting from drunkenness. -अन्ध a. 1 blinded by intoxication, dead drunk, drunk with passion; अधरमिव मदान्धा पातुमेषा प्रवृत्ता V.4.13; यदा किंचिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.2.7. -2 blinded by passion or pride, arrogant, infatuated. -अपनयम् removal of intoxication. -अम्बरः 1 an elephant in rut. -2 N. of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -अलस a. languid with passion or intoxication. -अलसा N. of the daughter of Viśvaketu, the lord of Gandharvas. -अवस्था 1 a state of drunkenness. -2 wantonness, lustfulness. -3 rut, being in rut; अन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -आकुल a. 1 furious with rut. -2 full of lust, overpowered by passion. -आढ्य a. drunk, intoxicated. (-ढ्यः) the palm tree. -आम्नातः a kettle-drum carried on the back of an elephant. -आलापिन् m. a cuckoo. -आह्वः musk. -उत्कट a. 1 intoxicated, excited by drink. -2 furious with passion, lustful. -3 arrogant, proud, haughty. -4 ruttish, under the influence of rut; मदोत्कटे रेचितपुष्पवृक्षा गन्धद्विपे वन्य इव द्विरेफाः R.6.7; हस्तिनं कमल- नालतन्तुना बद्धुमिच्छति वने मदोत्कटम्. (-टः) 1 an elephant in rut. -2 a dove. (-टा) spirituous liquor. -उत्सवः, उद्भवः mango -उदग्र, -उन्मत्त a. 1 drunk, intoxicated. -2 furious, drunk with passion. मदोदग्राः ककुद्मन्तः सरितां कूलमुद्रुजाः R.4.22. -3 arrogant, proud, haughty; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः Pt.1.161. -उदग्रा f. A woman; L. D. B. -उद्धत a. 1 drunk with passion; मदोद्धताः प्रत्यनिलं विचेरुः Ku.3.31; सत्पक्षा मधुरगिरः प्रसाधिताशा मदोद्धतारम्भाः Ve.1.6. -2 inflated with pride. -उल्लापिन् m. the cuckoo. -ऊर्जित a. swollen with pride. -कटः a eunuch. -कर a. intoxicating, causing intoxication. -करिन् m. an elephant in rut. -कल a. speaking softly or inarticulately, speaking indistinctly; मदकलोदकलोलविहंगमाः R.9.37; मद- कलमदिराक्षीनीविमोक्षो हि मोक्षः Udb. -2 uttering low sounds of love. -3 drunk with passion; एतस्मिन् मदकलमल्लिकाक्षपक्ष... U.1.31; Māl.9.14. -4 indistinct yet sweet; मदकलं कूजितं सारसानाम् Me.31. -5 ruttish, furious, under the influence of rut; V.4.46. -6 furious, mad. (-लः) an elephant in rut; -कोहलः a bull set at liberty (to roam at will). -खेल a. stately or sportive through passion; मदखेलपदं कथं नु तस्याः V.4.16. -गन्धा 1 an intoxicating drink. -2 hemp. -गमनः a buffalo. -च्युत् a. 1 distilling rut (as an elephant). -2 lustful, wanton, drunk. -3 gladdening, exhilarating. (-m.) an epithet of Indra. (-m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins. -जलम्, -वारि n. rutting juice, ichor exuding from the temples of a ruttish elephant. -ज्वरः fever of pride or passion; कतिपयपुरस्वाम्ये पुंसां क एष मदज्वरः Bh.3.23. -द्रुः a cocoa-nut tree (Mar. माड). -द्विपः a furious elephant, an elephant in rut. -प्रयोगः, -प्रसेकः, -प्रस्रवणम्, -स्रावः, -स्रुतिः f. the exudation of ichor or rutting juice from the temple of an elephant. -प्रसेकः the aphrodisiacal fluid (वीर्यच्युतिः); अन्यत्र मुञ्चन्ति मदप्रसेकम् Mk.4.16. -भङ्गः humiliation of pride; Bv.3.4. -भञ्जिनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -मत्ता N. of a metre. -मुच् a. 'dropping down ichor', furious, intoxicated; सो$यं पुत्रस्तव मदमुचां वारणानां विजेता U.3.15. -मोहित a. 1 stupefied by drunkenness; अकार्यमन्यत् कुर्याद् वा ब्राह्मणो मदमोहितः Ms.11.96. -2 infatuated by pride. -रक्त a. affected with passion. -रागः 1 Cupid. -2 a cock. -3 a drunkard. -लेखा 1 a line of rut, a line formed by the juice flowing from an elephant's temples. -2 a kind of metre. -विक्षिप्त a. in rut, furious. -2 agitated by lust or passion. -विह्वल a. 1 maddened by lust or pride. -2 stupefied with intoxication. -वीर्यम् 1 strength produced by passion. -2 the heroism of love -वृन्दः an elephant. -शौण्डः, -शौण्डकम् nutmeg. -सारः a cotton shrub. -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् an ale-house, dram-shop, tavern.
madana मदन a. (-नी f.) [माद्यति अनेन, मद्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 Intoxicating, maddening. -2 Delighting, exhilarating. -नः 1 The god of love, Cupid; व्यापाररोधि मदनस्य निषेवितव्यम् Ś.1.27; हतमपि निहन्त्येव मदनः Bh.3.18. -2 Love, passion, sexual love, lust; विनयवारितवृत्तिरतस्तया न विवृतो मदनो न च संवृतः Ś.2.11; सतन्त्रिगीतं मदनस्य दीपकम् Ṛs.1.3; R.5.63; so मदनातुर, मदनपीडित &c. -3 The spring season. -4 A bee. -5 Bees'-wax. -6 A kind of embrace. -7 The Dhattūra plant. -8 The Khadira tree. -9 The Bakula tree. -1 N. of the 7th mansion (in astrol.). -11 A kind of measure (in music). -ना, -नी 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 Musk. -3 The atimukta creeper. (नी only in these two senses). -नम् 1 Intoxicating. -2 Gladdening, delighting. -Comp. -अग्रकः a species of grain (कोद्रव). -अङ्कुशः 1 the penis. -2 a finger-nail, or a wound inflicted by it in cohabitation. -अत्ययः excess of intoxication; मद्येन खलु जायन्ते मदात्ययमुखा गदाः Bhāva. P. -अन्तकः, -अरिः, -दमनः, -दहनः, -नाशनः, -रिपुः epithets of Śiva. -अवस्थ a. in love, enamoured. -आतपत्रम् the vulva. -आतुर, -आर्त, -क्लिष्ट, -पीडित a. afflicted by love, smit with love, love-sick; रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा (अभिपेदे) R.12.32; Ś.3.13. -आयुधम् 1 pudendum muliebre. -2 'Cupid's missle', said of a very lovely woman. -आलयः, -यम् 1 pudendum muliebre. -2 a lotus. -3 a king. -आशयः sexual desire. -इच्छाफलम् a kind of mango. -उत्सवः the vernal festival celebrated in honour of Cupid. (-वा) an apsaras. -उत्सुक a. pining or languid with love. -उद्यानम् 'a pleasure-garden', N. of a garden. -कण्टकः 1 erection of hair caused by the feeling of love. -2 N. of a tree. -कलहः 'love's quarrel', sexual union; ˚छेद- सुलभाम् Mal.2.12. -काकुरवः a dove or pigeon. -गृहम् pudendum muliebre. -गोपालः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid. -तन्त्रम् the science of sexual love. -त्रयोदशी the thirteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid. -द्वादशी a festival in honour of Cupid on the 12th day of the bright half of Chaitra. -ध्वजा the पौर्णिमा day of Chaitra month. -नालिका a faithless wife. -पक्षिन् m. the Khañjana bird. -पाठकः the cuckoo. -पीडा, -बाधा pangs or torments of love. -महः, -महोत्सवः a festival celebrated in honour of Cupid; मदनमहोत्सवाय रसिकमनांसि समुल्लासयन् Dk.2.5. -मोहनः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -रसः poison; मदनरस- योगेनातिसन्धाय अपहरेत् Kau. A.1.15. -ललितम् amorous sport or dalliance. -ललिता N. of a metre; वेदाङ्गाङ्गैर्मदन- ललिता मो भो नमलसाः V. Ratna. (com.). -लेखः a loveletter. -वश a. influenced by love, enamoured. -विनोदः N. of a medical vocabulary attributed to मदनपाल. -शलाका 1 the female of the cuckoo. -2 an aphrodisiac. -3 the female parrot (also मदनसारिका). -संदेशः a message of love.
madanīya मदनीय a. Intoxicating, exciting passion; पिबन्ति मद्यं मदनीयमुत्तमम् Ṛs.5.1 where मणिराम in his commentary says : मदनीयमुन्मादकरम्. मदयन्तिका madayantikā मदयन्ती madayantī मदयन्तिका मदयन्ती A kind of jasmine (Arabian).
madayitṛ मदयितृ a. Intoxicating; maddener, delighter.
madayitnu मदयित्नु a. [मद्-णिच् इत्नुच्] 1 Intoxicating maddening. -2 Gladdening. -त्नुः 1 The god of love. -2 A cloud. -3 A distiller of spirituous liquors. -4 A drunken man. -5 Spirituous liquor (n. also in this sense).
madira मदिर a. [माद्यति अनेन, मद् करणे किरच्] 1 Intoxicating, maddening. -2 Delighting, fascinating, gladdening (eyes &c.); as in सद्यः षाण्मासिकानां मम मदिरदृशा दत्तचन्द्रो- दयश्रीः Vb.1.17; see comps. below. -रः A kind of Khadira tree (red-flowered). -Comp. -अक्षी, -ईक्षणा, -दृश्, -नयना, -लोचना a woman with fascinating or bewitching eyes; मधुकर मदिराक्ष्याः शंस तस्याः प्रवृत्तिम् V.4. 22; R.8.68; Ś.3.19; अन्तरा दुस्तरा न स्युर्यदि रे मदिरेक्षणाः Bh.; Vb.1.17. -आयतनयन a. having long and fascinating eyes; यदि मदिरायतनयनां तामधिकृत्य प्रहरतीति Ś.3.4. -आसवः an intoxicating drink.
madya मद्य a. [माद्यत्यनेन करणे यत्] 1 Intoxicating. -2 Gladdening, exhilarating. -द्यम् Spirituous liquor, wine, any intoxicating drink; रणक्षितिः शोणितमद्यकुल्या R.7.49; Ms.5.56;9.84;1.89; भिक्षो मांसनिषेवणं प्रकुरुषे किं तेन मद्यं विना S. D.525. -Comp. -आक्षेपः addiction to drink. -आमोदः, -गन्धः, -दोहदः the Bakula tree. -कीटः a kind of insect. -कुम्भः a brandy-jar. -द्रुमः a kind of tree (माडवृक्ष). -पः a drunkard, tippler, sot. -पङ्कः mash. -पानम् 1 drinking intoxicating liquor. -2 any intoxicating drink. -पीत a. intoxicated with drink. -पुष्पा the plant called Dhātakī. -बी(वी)जम् a drug used to cause fermentation, leaven. -भाजनम् a wineglass; so मद्यभाण्डम्. -मण़्डः barm, yeast. -वासिनी the plant called धातकी. -संधानम् distillation of spirit; क्रयं वा विक्रयं वा$पि मद्यसंधानमेव च Śukra.1.33.
madvan मद्वन् a. [cf. Uṇ.4.112] Ved. 1 Fond of enjoyment; इन्द्राय मद्वने सुतम् Ṛv.8.92.19. -2 Intoxicating; इन्द्राय मद्वा मद्यो मदः सुतः Ṛv.9.86.35. -m. An epithet of Śiva.
madhu मधु a. (-धु or -ध्वी f.) [मन्यत इति मधु, मन्-उ नस्य धः Uṇ.1.18) Sweet, pleasant, agreeable, delightful; आपापयति गोविन्दपादपद्मासवं मधु Bhāg.1.18.12; त्वया सह निवत्स्यामि वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -f. N. of a plant (जीवा, जीवन्ती). -n. -(धु) 1 Honey; एतास्ता मधुनो धाराश्च्योतन्ति सविषास्त्वयि U.3.34; मधु तिष्ठति जिह्वाग्रे हृदये तु हलाहलम्. -2 The juice or nectar of flowers; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -3 A sweet intoxicating drink, wine, spirituous liquor; विनयन्ते स्म तद्योधा मधुभिर्विजयश्रमम् R.4.65; Ṛs. 1.3. -4 Water. -5 Sugar. -6 Sweetness. -7 Anything sweet. -8 Ved. Soma juice. -9 Milk or anything produced from milk (Ved.). -1 A bee-hive; केचित्- पीत्वापविध्यन्ति मधूनि मधुपिङ्गलाः Rām.5.62.1. -11 Bee-wax; Ms.1.88. -m. (धुः) 1 The spring or vernal season; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; क्व नु ते हृदयंगमः सखा कुसुमायोजितकार्मुको मधुः Ku.4.24,25;3.1,3. -2 The month of Chaitra; भास्करस्य मधुमाधवाविव R.11.7; मासे मधौ मधुरकोकिलभृङ्गनादै रामा हरन्ति हृदयं प्रसभं नराणाम् Ṛs.6. 25. -3 N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu. -4 N. of another demon, father of Rāvaṇa and killed by Śatrughna. -5 The Aśoka tree. -6 N. of king Kārtavīrya. -Comp. -अष्ठीला a lump of honey, clotted honey. -आधारः wax. -आपात a. having honey at the first taste; शक्तः परजने दाता स्वजने दुःखजीविनि । मध्वापातो विषास्वादः स धर्मप्रतिरूपकः ॥ Ms.11.9. -आम्रः a kind of mango tree. -आलु n., -आलुकम् sweet potato. -आवासः the mango tree. -आसवः sweet spirituous liquor (made from honey). -आसवनिकः distiller, vintner. -आस्वाद a. having the taste of honey. -आहुतिः f. a sacrificial offering of sweet things. -उच्छिष्टम्, -उत्थभ्, -उत्थितभ् 1 bees'-wax; शस्त्रासवमधूच्छिष्टं मधु लाक्षा च बर्हिषः Y.3.37; मधूच्छिष्टेन केचिच्च जध्नुरन्योन्यमुत्कटाः Rām.5.62.11. -2 the casting of an image in wax; Mānasāra; the name of 68th chapter. -उत्सवः the spring or vernal festival celebrated on the full-moon day of Chaitra. -उदकम् 'honey-water', water mixed with honey, hydromel. -उद्यानम् a spring-garden. -उपघ्नम् 'the abode of Madhu', an epithet of Mathurā; स च प्राप मधूपघ्नं कुम्भीन- स्याश्च कुक्षिजः R.15.15. -उषितम् wax. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -करः 1 a large black bee; कुटजे खलु तेनेहा तेने हा मधुकरेण कथम् Bv.1.1; R.9.3; Me.37,49; सर्वतः सारमादत्ते यथा मधुकरो बुधः Bhāg. -2 a lover, libertine. -3 sweet lime. (-री) a female bee; न च मधुकरीवदन्नरस- भोजिन्यो देवता इति प्रमाणमस्ति ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. ˚गणः, ˚श्रेणिः f. a swarm of bees. -कर्कटी 1 sweet lime, a kind of citron. -2 A kind of date. -काननम्, -वनम् the forest of the demon Madhu. -कारः, -कारिन् m. a bee. -कुक्कुटिका, -कुक्कुटी a sort of citron tree. -कुल्या a stream of honey. -कृत् m. a bee; Bhāg. 11.7.33. -केशटः a bee. -कोशः, -षः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. -क्रमः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. (pl.) drinking-bout, carousals. -क्षीरः, -क्षीरकः a Kharjūra tree. -गन्धः the Bakula tree. -गन्धि, -गन्धिक a. scented with honey, sweet-smelling; वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -गायनः the cuckoo. -गुञ्जनः the drum-stick plant (Mar. शेवगा). -ग्रहः a libation of honey. -घोषः the cuckoo. -च्युत्, -त, -श्च्युत् a. 1 dropping or distilling honey; ददतु तरवः पुष्पैरर्घ्यं फलैश्च मधुश्च्युतः U.3.24. -2 mellifluous, overflowing with sweets. -जम् bees'-wax. -जा 1 sugar-candy. -2 the earth. -जम्बीरः a kind of citron. -जित्, -द्विष्, -निषूदन, -निहन्तृ m., -मथः, -मथनः, -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -सूदनः epithets or Viṣṇu; इति मधुरिपुणा सखी नियुक्ता Gīt.5; R.9.48; Śi.15.1. -जीवनः N. of plant (Mar. बेहडा). -तृणः, -णम् sugar cane. -त्रयम् the three sweet things; i. e. sugar, honey, and clarified butter. -दीपः the god of love. -दूतः the mango tree. -दोहः the extracting of sweetness or honey. -द्रः 1 a bee. -2 a libertine. -द्रवः N. of a tree having red blossoms (Mar. तांबडा शेवगा). -द्रुमः the mango tree. -धातुः a kind of yellow pyrites (सुवर्णमाक्षिक). -धारा a stream of honey. -धूलिः f. molasses. -धेनुः honey offered to Brāhmaṇas in the form of a cow. -नाडी a cell in a honey-comb. -नारिकेलः, -नारिकेरकः a kind of cocoanut (Mar. मोहाचा नारळ). -नेतृ m. bee. -पः a bee or a drunkard; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैः सह Bv.1.126;1.63 (where both meanings are intended). -पटलम् a bee-hive. -पतिः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -पर्कः 1 'a mixture of honey', a respectful offering made to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride; (its usual ingredients are five:- दधि सर्पिर्जलं क्षौद्रं सिता चैतैश्च पञ्चभिः । प्रोच्यते मधुपर्कः); समांसो मधुपर्कः U.4; असिस्वदद्यन्मधु- पर्कमर्पितं स तद् व्यधात्तर्कमुदर्कदर्शिनाम् । यदैष पास्यन्मधु भीमजाधरं मिषेण पुण्याहविधिं तदा कृतम् N.16.13; Ms.3.119 et seq. -2 the ceremony of receiving a guest. -पर्किकः one who praises at the time of मधुपर्क; पठन्ति पाणिस्वनिका मागधा मधुपर्किकाः Mb.7.82.2. (com. मधुपर्किकाः माङ्गल्योपस्थापकाः). -पर्क्य a. worthy of madhuparka q. v. -पर्णिका, -पर्णी the Indigo plant. -पाका sweet melon. -पात्रम् a wine-jug. -पानम् drinking wine; धनलवमधुपानभ्रान्त- सर्वेन्द्रियाणाम् Bh. -पायिन् m. a bee. -पालः a honeykeeper. -पुरम्, -री an epithet of Mathurā; संप्रत्युज्झित- वासनं मधुपुरीमध्ये हरिः सेव्यते Bv.4.44. -पुष्पः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -3 the Dantī tree. -4 the Śirīṣa tree. -प्रणयः addiction to wine. -प्रमेहः diabetes, sacharine urine. -प्राशनम् one of the sixteen purificatory Samskāras (which consists in putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male child). -प्रियः an epithet of Balarāma. -फलः a kind of cocoanut. -फलिका a kind of date. -बहुला the Mādhavī creeper. -बा(वी)जः a pomegranate tree. -बी(वी)- जपूरः a kind of citron. -भूमिकः an epithet of Yogin in the second order. -मक्षः, -क्षा, -मक्षिका a bee. -मज्जनः the tree called आखोट. -मत्त a. 1 drunk with wine. -2 excited by the spring. -मदः the intoxication of liquor. -मन्थः a kind of drink mixed with honey. -मल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Mālatī creeper. -मस्तकम् a kind of sweetmeat made of honey, flour, oil, and ghee; मधुतैलघृतैर्मध्ये वेष्टिताः समिताश्च याः । मधुमस्तकमुद्दिष्टम् ..... Śabda-chandrikā. -माक्षिकम् = मधुधातु q. v. -माधवम्, -वौ the two spring months (चैत्र and वैशाख). -माधवी 1 a kind of intoxicating drink; क्रीडन्त्यो$भिरताः सर्वाः पिबन्त्यो मधुमाधवीम् Mb.1.81.3. -2 any springflower. -माध्वीकम् a kind of intoxicating liquor. -मारकः a bee. -मांसम् honey and meat; Ms.11.158. -मूलम् N. of an edible root (like Mar. रताळें, सुरण). -मेहः मधुप्रमेह q. v. -यष्टिः, -ष्टी f. 1 sugar-cane. -2 liquorice. -यष्टिका, -वल्ली liquorice. -रस a. sweet-flavoured, sweet. -(सः) 1 the wine-palm. -2 sugarcane. -3 sweetness. -(सा) 1 a bunch of grapes. -2 vine. -लग्नः N. of a tree. -लिह्, -लेह्, -लेहिन् m. -लोलुपः a bee; so मधुनोलेहः; मधुलिहां मधुदानविशारदा R.9.29; मधुलेहिगीतौ Bk.; मधुलिह इव मधुबिन्दून् विरलानपि भजत गुणलेशान् Ve.1.5. -वनम् 1 N. of the forest inhabited by the demon Madhu where Śatrughna founded Mathurā. -2 N. of the forest of Sugrīva. (-नः) the cuckoo. -वल्ली 1 liquorice. -2 a kind of grape -3 Sweet citron. -वाच् the Indian cuckoo. -वाराः (m. pl.) drinking often and often, tippling, carousing; जज्ञिरे बहुमताः प्रमदानामोष्ठयावक- नुदा मधुवाराः Ki.9.59; क्षालितं नु शमितं नु वधूनां द्रावितं नु हृदयं मधुवारैः Śi.1.14; sometimes in the sing, also; see: अङ्गनास्यचषकैर्मधुवारः Ki.9.57. -विद्या N. of a mystical doctrine. -व्रतः a bee; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117; तस्मिन्नद्य मधुव्रते विधिवशान्माध्वीकमाकाङ्क्षति 46; मालां मधुव्रतवरूथगिरोपघुष्टाम् Bhāg. -शर्करा honey-sugar. -शाखः a kind of tree. -शिला = मधुधातु q. v. -शिष्टम्, -शेषम् wax. -श्री beauty of spring. -सखः, -सहायः, -सारथिः, -सुहृद् m. the god of love. -संधानम् brandy. -सिक्थकः a kind of poison. -सूदनः 1 a bee; गायन् कलं क्रीडति पद्मिनीषु मधूनि पीत्वा मधुसूदनो$सौ Chanḍ. M. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; भक्तानां कर्मणां चैव सूदनान्मधुसूदनः -3 N. of a writer of works like अद्वैतसिद्धि. -स्थानम् a bee-hive. -स्रवः a. dropping honey or sweetness. -(वा) 1 liquorice. -2 N. of the third day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -स्वरः the cuckoo. -हन् m. 1 a destroyer or collector of honey; सर्वथा संहतैरेव दुर्बलैर्बलवानपि । अमित्रः शक्यते हन्तुं मधुहा भ्रमरैरिव ॥ Mb.3.33.7; Bhāg.11.7.34. -2 a kind of bird of prey. -3 a sooth-sayer. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
madhutama मधुतम a. Very intoxicating, sweetest.
madhula मधुल a. Sweet &c.; see मधुर. -लम् An intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor.
madhvijā मध्विजा Any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor.
manas मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.
mantraḥ मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्] 1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting). -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v. -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57. -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c. -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः. -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29. -7 Policy, statesmanship. -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 of Śiva. -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell. -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15. -अधिराजः supreme over all spells. -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn. -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water. -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice. -करणम् 1 Vedic texts. -2 composing or reciting sacred texts; P.I.3.25. -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8. -कारः the author of Vedic hymns. -कार्यम् subject of consultation. -कालः time of consultation or deliberation. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149. -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice. -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31. -2 one who recites a sacred text. -3 a counsellor, an adviser. -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2. -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14. -गण्डकः knowledge, science. -गुप्तिः f. secret counsel. -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent. -गृहम् a council-chamber. -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of ministers; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8. -जा the power of spells; L. D. B. -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night. -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel. -3 skilled in spells. -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser. -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms. -3 a spy. -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel. -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र. -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153. -दर्शिन् m. 1 a seer of Vedic hymns. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212. -दीधितिः fire. -दृश् a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.) 1 a seer of Vedic hymns -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1. -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra. -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor. -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation. -पदम् the words of a sacred text. -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2. -प्रभावः the power of a spell. -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells. -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell. -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् magic. -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula. -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means. -योगः 1 employment or application of spells. -2 magic. -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret. -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells. -वहः N. of Viṣṇu. -वादः the substance of sacred texts. -वादिन् m. 1 a reciter of sacred texts. -2 an enchanter, a conjurer. -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above. -विद्या the science of spells, magic. -शक्तिः f. the power of spells. -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard. -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153. -संस्क्रिया any magical rite. -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18. -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns. -साधकः a magician, conjurer. -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic. -2 a spell, an incantation. -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44. -साध्य a. 1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65. -2 attainable by consultation. -सिद्ध a. 1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2. -सिद्धिः f. 1 the working or accomplishment of a spell. -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person. -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string. -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution. -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells. -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.
manthara मन्थर a. [मन्थ्-अरच्] 1 Slow, dull, tardy, lazy, inactive; गर्भमन्थरा Ś.4; प्रत्यभिज्ञानमन्थरो$भवत् ibid; स्थाने खल्वयं प्रसवमन्थरो$भूत् M.5; दरमन्थरचरणविहारम् Gīt.11; Śi.6.4;7.18;5.62; R.19.21. -2 Stupid, foolish, silly; मन्थरकौलिकः. -3 Low, deep, hollow, having a low tone. -4 Large, broad, wide, big. -5 Bent, crooked, curved. -6 Indicating, showing (सूचक). -रः 1 A store, treasure. -2 The hair of the head. -3 Wrath, anger. -4 Fresh butter. -5 A churning-stick. -6 Hindrance, an obstacle. -7 A stronghold. -8 Fruit. -9 A spy, an informer. -1 The month Vaiśākha. -11 The mountain Mandara. -12 An antelope. -रा N. of a humpbacked nurse or slave of Kaikeyī who instigated her mistress, on the eve of Rāma's coronation as heir-apparent, to beg of her husband by the two boons formerly promised to her by him, the banishment of Rāma for fourteen years and the installation of Bharata on the throne; मन्थरां प्रविशस्वादौ कैकेयीं च ततः परम् A. Rām. -रम् Safflower. -Comp. -विवेक a. slow in judgment, void of discrimination; उन्मथ्य मन्थरविवेकमकाण्ड एव Māl.1.18.
mādaka मादक a. (-दिका f.) [मद्-णिच् ण्वुल्] 1 Intoxicating, maddening, stupefying. -2 Gladdening. -कः A gallinule.
mādana मादन a. (-नी f.) [मद्-णिच् ल्यु-ल्युट् वा] Intoxicating &c.; see मादक. -नः 1 The god of love. -2 The thorn-apple. -नम् 1 Intoxication. -2 Delighting, exhilaration. -3 Cloves.
mādanīyam मादनीयम् An intoxicating drink. मादिका mādikā मादिनी mādinī मादुः māduḥ मादिका मादिनी मादुः Hemp.
mādhavakaḥ माधवकः A kind of intoxicating liquor (produced from honey).
mādhvakam माध्वकम् An intoxicating drink prepared from honey.
mānaḥ मानः [मन्-घञ्] 1 Respect, honour, regard, respectful consideration; दारिद्र्यस्य परा मूर्तिर्यन्मानद्रविणाल्पता Pt.2.159; Bg.6.7; so मानधन &c. -2 Pride (in a good sense), self-reliance, self-respect; जन्मिनो मानहीनस्य तृणस्य च समा गतिः Pt.1.16; R.19.81. -3 Haughtiness, pride, conceit, self-confidence, vanity; मानाद् रावणः परदारान् अप्र- यच्छन् (विननाश) Kau. A.1.6. -4 A wounded sense of honour. -5 Jealous anger, anger excited by jealousy (especially in women); anger in general; मुञ्च मयि मान- मनिदानम् Gīt.1; माधवे मा कुरु मानिनि मानमये 9; त्यजत मानमलं बत विग्रहैः R.9.47; Śi. 9.84; Bv.2.56; Dk.2.3. -6 Opinion, conception. -7 Ved. Object, purpose. -नम् [मा-ल्युट्] 1 Measuring. -2 A measure, standard; माना- धीना मेयसिद्धिः Mīmāṁsā; निराकृतत्वाच्छ्रुतियुक्तिमानतः A. Rām. 7.5.57. -3 Dimension, computation. -4 A standard of measure, measuring rod, rule; परिमाणं पात्रमानं संख्यै- कद्यादिसंज्ञिका Śukra.2.344. -5 Proof, authority, means of proof or demonstration; ये$मी माधुर्यौजः प्रसादा रसमात्र- धर्मतयोक्तास्तेषां रसधर्मत्वे किं मानम् R. G.; मानाभावात् (frequently occurring in controversial language) Pad. D.4. 3. -6 Likeness, resemblance. -Comp. -अन्ध a. blinded by pride. -अर्ह a. worthy of honour; Ms.2.137. -अवभङ्गः destruction of pride or anger. -आसक्त a. given to pride, haughty, proud. -उत्साहः energy arising from self-confidence; Pt.1.226. -उन्नतिः f. great respect or honour; (सत्संगतिः) मनोन्नतिं दिशति पापमपाकरोति Bh.2.23. -उन्मादः infatuation of pride. -कलहः, -कलिः a quarrel caused by jealous anger; Amaru. -क्षतिः f., -भङ्गः, -हानिः f. injury reputation or honour, humiliation, mortification, insult, indignity. -ग्रन्थिः 1 injury to honour or pride. -2 violent anger. -ग्रहणम् fit of sulkiness. -द a. 1 showing respect. -2 proud; इत्थं मानद नातिदूरमुभयोरप्यावयोरन्तरम् Bh.3.24. -3 destroying pride. -4 a giver of honour (a mode of addressing lovers &c.). (-दः) a mystical name for the letter आ. (-दा) N. of the second digit of the moon. -दण्डः a measuring-rod; स्थितः पृथिव्या इव मानदण्डः Ku.1.1. -धन a. rich in honour; महौजसो मान- धना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. -धानिका a cucumber. -ध्मात a. puffed up with pride. -परिखण्डनम् mortification, humiliation. -भङ्गः see मानक्षति. -भाज् a. receiving honour from; राजस्नातकयोश्चैव स्नातको नृपमानभाक् Ms.2.139. -भृत्, पर a. possessing pride, extremely proud; प्रथमे मानभृतां न वृष्णयः Ki.2.44. -महत् a. rich or great in pride, greatly proud; किं जीर्णं तृणमत्ति मानमहतामग्रेसरः केसरी Bh.2. 29. -योगः the correct mode of measuring or weighing; मानयोगं च जानीयात्तुलायोगांश्च सर्वशः Ms.9.33. -रन्ध्रा a sort of clepsydra, a perforated water-vessel, which, placed in water and gradually filling, serves to measure time. -वर्जित a. 1 disgraced, dishonoured. -2 humble, lowly. -3 slanderous, libellous. -वर्धनम् indicating, increasing respect; यत्किंचिदेव देयं तु ज्यायसे मानवर्धनम् Ms.9.115. -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely making use of false weights and measures; Kau. A.2.8.26. -सारः, -रम् a high degree of pride. -सूत्रम् 1 a measuring-cord; Dk.2.2. -2 a chain (of gold &c.) worn round the body.
mārgaḥ मार्गः [मृज्-शुद्धौ, मार्ग्-अन्वेषणे घञ् वा] 1 A way, road, path (fig. also); मार्गो दशकरः प्रोक्तो ग्रामेषु नगरेषु च Śukra. 1.261; अग्निशरणमार्गमादेशय Ś.5; so विचारमार्गप्रहितेन चेतसा Ku.5.42; R.2.72; U.3.37. -2 A course, passage, the tract passed over; वायोरिमं परिवहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -3 Reach, range; मार्गातीतायेन्द्रियाणां नमस्ते Ki.18. 4. -4 A scar, mark (left by a wound &c.); भोगिवेष्टन- मार्गेषु R.4.48; ते पुत्रयोर्नैर्ऋतशस्त्रमार्गानार्द्रानिवाङ्गे सदयं स्पृशन्त्यौ 14.4. -5 The path or course of a planet. -6 Search, inquiry, investigation. -7 A canal, channel, passage. -8 A means, way. -9 The right way or course, proper course; सुमार्ग, अमार्ग -1 Mode, manner, method, course; शान्ति˚ R.7.71. -11 Style, direction; इति वैदर्भ- मार्गस्य प्राणा दश गुणाः स्मृताः Kāv.1.42; वाचां विचित्रमार्गाणाम् 1.9. -12 Custom, usage, practice; कुल˚, शास्त्र˚, धर्म˚ &c. -13 Hunting or tracing out game. -14 A title or head in law, ground for litigation; अष्टादशसु मार्गेषु निबद्धानि पृथक् पृथक् Ms.8.3. -15 A high style of acting, dancing and singing; अगायतां मार्गविधानसंपदा Rām.1.4.36. (com. गानं द्विविधम् । मार्गो देशी चेति । तत्र प्राकृतावलम्बि गानं देशी । संस्कृतावलम्बि तु गानं मार्गः). -16 (In dramaturgy) Hinting or indicating how anything is to happen. -17 (In geom.) A section. -18 The anus. -19 Musk. -2 The constellation called मृगशिरस्. -21 The month called मार्गशीर्ष. -22 N. of Viṣṇu (as the way to final emancipation). -र्गम् A herd of deer; मार्गमदन्या वीथ्या नागवनं प्रयातो भर्ता Pratijña Y.1. -Comp. -आगतः a traveller. -आख्यायिन् m. a guide. -आयातः a traveller. -आरब्ध begun on right lines; मार्गारब्धाः सर्वयत्नाः फलन्ति Pratijña Y.1.18. -आली a track, streak. -उपदेशकः a guide, leader. -तालः (in music) a particular kind of measure. -तोरणम् a triumphal arch erected on a road; पौरदृष्टिकृतमार्गतोरणौ R.11.5. -दर्शकः a guide. -द्रङ्गः a city or town on the road. -द्रुमः a tree growing by the wayside. -धेनुः, -धेनुकम् a measure of distance equal to 4 krośas. -पतिः the superintendent of roads; Rāj. T. -परिणायकः a guide. -पाली N. of a goddess. -बन्धनम् a barricade. -रक्षकः a road-keeper, guard. -वटी an epithet of the tutelary deity of travellers. -विनोदनम् entertainment on a journey. -शोधकः a pioneer. -संस्करणम् cleansing the road; ततः संशोधनं नित्यं मार्गसंस्करणार्थकम् Śukra.4.81. -स्थ a. travelling; wayfaring; अनुगन्तुं सतां वर्त्म कृत्स्नं यदि न शक्यते । स्वल्पमप्यव- गन्तव्यं मार्गस्थो नावसीदति ॥ Subhāṣ. -हर्म्यम् a palace on a high road.
mālikā मालिका [मालैव कन् अत इत्वम्] 1 A garland; पाशाक्ष- मालिकाम्भोज Lakṣmīdhyānam. -2 A row, line, series. -3 A string, necklace. -4 A variety of jasmine. -5 Linseed. -6 A daughter. -7 A palace. -8 A kind of bird. -9 An intoxicating drink.
mithyā मिथ्या ind. [मिथ्-क्यप्] 1 Falsely, deceitfully, wrongly, incorrectly; oft. with the force of an adjective; मणौ महानील इति प्रभावादल्पप्रमाणे$पि यथा न मिथ्या R.18.42; यदुवाच न तन्मिथ्या 17.42; मिथ्यैव व्यसनं वदन्ति मृगयामीदृग्विनोदः कुतः Ś.2.5. -2 Invertedly, contrarily. -3 To no purpose, in vain, fruitlessly; मिथ्या कारयते चारैर्घोषणां राक्षसाधिपः Bk.8.44; मिथ्यैष व्यवसायस्ते प्रकृतिस्त्वां नियोक्ष्यति Bg.18.59. (मिथ्या वद्-वच् to tell a falsehood, lie. मिथ्या कृ 1 to falsify. -2 to contradict. मिथ्या भू to turn out false, be false. मिथ्या ग्रह् to misunderstand, mistake.) At the beginning of comp. मिथ्या may be translated by 'false, untrue, unreal, sham, pretended, feigned' &c. -Comp. -अध्यवसितिः f. a figure of speech, an expression of the impossibility of a thing by making it depend upon an impossible contingency; किंचिन्मिथ्यात्वसिद्ध्यर्थं मिथ्या- र्थान्तरकल्पनम् । मिथ्याध्यवसितिर्वेश्यां वशयेत् खस्रजं वहन् ॥ Kuval. -अपवादः a false charge. -अभिधानम् a false assertion. -अभियोगः a false or groundless charge. -अभिशंसनम् calumny, false accusation. -अभिशापः 1 a false prediction. -2 a false or unjust claim. -आचार a. 1 acting falsely. -2 hypocritical. (-रः) 1 wrong treatment (in medic.). -2 wrong or improper conduct. -3 a rogue, hypocrite; इन्द्रियार्थान् विमूढात्मा मिथ्याचारः स उच्यते Bg.3.6. -आहारः wrong diet. -उत्तरम् a false or prevaricating reply. -उपचारः 1 pretended kindness or service; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानां किमर्थिनां वञ्चयितव्यमस्ति H. -2 (in medic.) a wrong treatment of a malady. -कर्मन् n. a false act. -कारुणिक a. pretending to be kind; मिथ्याकारुणिको$सि निर्घृणतरस्त्वत्तः कुतो$न्यः पुमान् Pt. 5.14. -क्रोपः, -क्रोधः feigned anger. -क्रयः a false price. -ग्रहः useless obstinacy or persistence. -ग्रहः, ग्रहणम् misconception, misunderstanding. -चतुर्विधम् four types of lying; मिथ्यैतन्नाभिजानामि तदा तत्र न संनिधिः । अजातश्चास्मि तत्काटे इति मिथ्याचतुर्विधम् ॥ -चर्या hypocrisy. -जल्पितम् a false report or speech. -ज्ञानम् a mistake, error, misapprehension. -दर्शनम् heresy. -दृष्टिः f. heresy, holding heretic or atheistic doctrines. -निरसनम् denial by oath. -पण्डित a. educated or learned only in appearance. -पुरुषः a man only in appearance. -प्रतिज्ञ a. false to one's promise, perfidious. -प्रत्ययः an erroneous perception; यो हि जनित्वा प्रध्वंसते नैतदेवमिति स मिथ्याप्रत्ययः ŚB. on MS.1.1.2. -फलम् an imaginary advantage. -मतिः f. delusion, mistake, errror. -योगः wrong use or application. -लिङ्गधर a. being anything only in appearance. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम्, -वादः an untrue speech, a falsehood, lie. -वाक्, -वादिन् a. lying, false, untruthful; मिथ्यावादिनि दूति ...... K. P. -वार्ता a false report. -व्यापारः meddling with another's affairs. -वृत्त a. of vicious conduct; उद्योगं तव संप्रेक्ष्य मिध्यावृत्तं च रावणम् Rām.6.17.66. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness.
medhāvin मेधाविन् a. [मेधा-विनि] 1 Very intelligent, having a good memory. -2 Intelligent, wise, endowed with intellect; मेधाविनो नीतिगुणप्रयुक्तां पुरः स्फुरन्तीमिव दर्शयन्ति Pt. 1.61; मेधावी छिन्नसंशयः Bg.18.1. -m. 1 A learned man, sage, scholar. -2 A parrot. -3 An intoxicating drink. -नी An epithet of the wife of Brahmā.
maindaḥ मैन्दः N. of a demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa. -Comp. -हन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. मैरेयः mairēyḥ यम् yam मैरेयकः mairēyakḥ कम् kam मैरेयः यम् मैरेयकः कम् A kind of intoxicating drink (a combination of सुरा and आसव); अधिरजनि वधूभिः पीतमैरेयरिक्तम् Śi.11.51; G. L.34; पीत्वा च मधु- मैरेयम् Bhāg.6.1.59; मैरेयं सरसिजीमुखाम्बुजस्थं चक्राह्वाः सह गृहिणीभिरापिबन्ति Rām. Ch.7.
modin मोदिन् a. [मुद्-णिनि] 1 Glad, pleased, cheerful. -2 Gladdening, delighting. -नी 1 N. of various plants (अजमोदा, मल्लिका, यूथिका). -2 Musk. -3 An intoxicating or spirituous liquor.
yakṣaḥ यक्षः [यक्ष्यते, यक्ष्-कर्मणि घञ्] 1 N. of a class of demigods who are described as attendants of Kubera, the god of riches, and employed in guarding his gardens and treasures; यक्षोत्तमा यक्षपतिं धनेशं रक्षन्ति वै प्रासगदादिहस्ताः Hariv.; Me.68; Bg.1.23;11.22. -2 A kind of ghost or spirit; तन्न व्यजानन्त किमिदं यक्षमिति Ken.3.2. -3 N. of the palace of Indra. -4 N. of Kubera. -5 Worship. -6 A dog. -क्षम् 1 A ghost. -2 Sacrifice. -3 Anything honoured. -क्षी 1 A female Yakṣa. -2 N. of Kubera's wife. -3 The Yakṣa. class; अल्पवीर्या यदा यक्षी श्रूयते मुनिपुंगव Rām.1.25.2. -Comp. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः, -इन्द्रः Kubera, the lord of Yakṣas. -आमलकम् the fruit of the पिण्डखर्जूर tree. -आवासः the fig-tree. -कर्दमः an ointment consisting of camphor, agallochum, musk and Kakkola (according to others, also sandal and suffron) mixed in equal proportions; यक्षकर्दममृदून्मृदिताङ्गं ... सिषिचुरुच्चकुचास्तम् N.21.7; (कर्पूरागुरु- कस्तुरीकक्कोलैर्यक्षकर्दमः Ak.; कुङ्कुमागुरुकस्तूरी कर्पूरं चन्दनं तथा । महासुगन्धमित्युक्तं नामतो यक्षकर्दमः ॥). -ग्रहः the being possessed by Yakṣas or evil spirits; a kind of insanity. -तरुः the fig-tree. -धूपः resin, incense. -बलिः a particular nuptial ceremony. -रसः a kind of intoxicating drink. -राज् m. 1 N. of Kubera; प्रतिसिञ्चन् विचिक्रीडे यक्षीभिर्यक्षराडिव Bhāg.1.9.9. -2 a place prepared for wrestling and boxing. -राजः N. of Kubera. -रात्रिः f. the festival called Dīpāli, q. v. -वित्तः one who is like a Yakṣa, i. e. the guardian of wealth, but who never uses it; तस्यैवं यक्षवित्तस्य च्युतस्योभयलोकतः Bhāg.11.23.9.
yogaḥ योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.
rājan राजन् m. [राज्-कनिन् रञ्जयति रञ्ज्-कनिन् नि ˚ वा Uṇ.1.145] A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to राजः at the end of Tat. comp.); वङ्गराजः, महाराजः &c.; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; पित्रा न रञ्जितास्तस्य प्रजास्तेनानु- रञ्जिताः । अनुरागात्ततस्तस्य नाम राजेत्यभाषत ॥ V. P. -2 A man of the military casts; a Kṣatriya; Śi 14.14. -3 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -4 N. of Indra. -5 The moon; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैःसह Bv.1.126. -6 Lord, master. -7 N. of Pṛithu. -8 A Yakṣa; तं राजराजानु- चरो$स्य साक्षात् Ki.3.3. -9 The Soma plant; ऐन्द्रश्च विधिवद्दत्तो राजा चाभिषुतो$नघः Rām.1.14.6; Bṛi. Up.1.3. 24. -Comp. -अग्निः wrath of a king. -अङ्गनम् a royal court, the court-yard of a palace. -अदनः 1 the Piyāla tree. -2 The seed of the tree Chirongia Sapida; राजादनं कन्दरालम् Śiva B.3.15. -अधिकारिन्, -अधिकृतः 1 a government officer or official. -2 a judge. -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor. -अधिष्ठानम् the capital of a king, metropolis. -अध्वन् m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway. -अनकः 1 an inferior king, a petty prince. -2 a title of respect formerly given to distinguished scholars and poets. -अन्नम् 1 rice grown in Āndhra. -2 food obtained from a king; राजान्नं तेज आदत्ते Ms.4.218. -अपसदः an unworthy or degraded king. -अभिषेकः coronation of a king. -अम्लः a kind of vegetable plant; Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका). -अर्कः Calotropis Gigantea (मन्दार; Mar. रुई). -अर्हम् 1 aloewood, a species of sandal. -2 a kind of rice (राजान्न). -अर्हणम् a royal gift of honour. -अहिः a large snake (having two mouths). -आज्ञा a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree. -आभरणम् a king's ornament. -आम्रः a superior kind of mango. -आवर्तः a diamond of an inferior quality. -2 a diamond from Virāṭa country. -आवलिः, -ली a royal dynasty or genealogy. -आसनम् a throne. -आसन्दी Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed. -इन्दुः an excellent king; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12. -इष्टः a kind of onion. (-ष्टम्) = राजान्न q. v. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty. -उपसेवा royal service; Ms.3.64. -ऋषिः (राजऋषिः or राजर्षिः) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kṣatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or riṣi; e. g. पुरूरवस्, जनक, विश्वामित्र. -कन्या, -कन्यका a princess. -करः a tax or tribute paid to the king. -करणम् a law-court. -कर्णः an elephant's tusk. -कर्तृ m. a person who assists at a coronation; समेत्य राजकर्तारः सभामीयुर्द्विजातयः Rām.2.67.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 the duty of a king. -2 royal service; cf. Ms.7.125. -कला a crescent of the moon (the 16th part of the moon's disc). -कलिः a bad king; cf. अशरण्यः प्रजानां यः स राजा कलिरुच्यते Mb.12.12.29. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् 1 state-affairs. -2 royal command. -कुमारः a prince. -कुलम् 1 a royal family, a king's family; अग्निरापः स्त्रियो मूर्खः सर्पो राजकुलानि च H.; नदीनां शस्त्रपाणीनां नखिनां शृङ्गिणां तथा । विश्वासो नैव कर्तव्यः स्त्रीषु राजकुलेषु च ॥ ibid. -2 the court of a king; आ दास्याः पुत्रि राजकुलं ल्येतत् Nāg.3.12/13. -3 a court of justice; (राजकुले कथ् or निविद् caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against). -4 a royal palace. -5 a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking). -6 a royal servant; बध्नन्ति घ्नन्ति लुम्पन्ति दृप्तं राजकुलानि वै Bhāg. 1.41.36. -कोशनिघण्टुः also -व्यवहारकोशः N. of a dictionary in Shivaji's time compiled by his minister Raghunātha Paṇḍita. -क्षवकः a kind of mustard. -गामिन् 1 a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir). -2 brought before the king (as slander); Ms.11.55. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -गुरुः a royal counsellor. -गुह्यम् a royal mystery; राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् Bg.9.2. -गृहम् 1 a royal dwelling, royal palace. -2 N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 8 miles from Pāṭaliputra). -ग्रीवः a kind of fish. -घ a. sharp, hot. (-घः) a king-killer, regicide. -चिह्नम् 1 insignia of royalty, regalia. -2 the stamp on a coin. -चिह्नकम् the organ of generation (उपस्थ). -जक्ष्मन् = राजयक्ष्मन् q. v. -तरङ्गिणी N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāśmīra by Kalhaṇa. -तरुः the कर्णि- कार tree, -तालः, ताली the betel-nut tree; राजतालीवनध्वनिः R. -दण्डः 1 a king's sceptre. -2 royal authority. -3 punishment inflicted by a king. -4 fine payable to a king. -दन्तः (for दन्तानां राजा) the front tooth; राजौ द्विजानामिह राजदन्ताः N.7.46; 'राजन्ते सुतनोर्मनोरमतमास्ते राज- दन्ताः पुरः' (शृङ्गारधनदशतकम् 67). -दूतः a king's ambassador, an envoy. -दृशद् f. the larger or lower millstone. -देयम्, -भागम् the royal claim, tax; न वृत्त्या परितुष्यन्ति राजदेयं हरन्ति च Mb.12.56.59. -दौवारिकः 1 = राजद्वारिकः q. v. -2 a royal messenger; Hch.4. -द्रोहः high treason, sedition, rebellion. -द्रोहिन् m. a traitor. -द्वार् f., -द्वारम् the gate of royal palace; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ. -द्वारिकः a royal porter. -धर्मः 1 a king's duty. -2 a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.). -धानम्, -धानकम्, -धानिका, -धानी the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं (प्रस्थापयामास) R.2.7. -धान्यम् Panicum Frumentaceum (Mar. सांवा). -धामन् n. a royal palace. -धुर् f., -धुरा the burden or responsibility of government. -नयः, -नीतिः f. administration of a state, administration of government, politics, statesmanship. -नामन् m. Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -नारायणः (in music) a kind of measure. -निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary of Materia Medica. -नीलम् an emerald. -पट्टः 1 a diamond of inferior quality. -2 a royal fillet. -पट्टिका f. the Chātaka bird. -पदम् royalty, sovereignty. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. = राजमार्ग q. v. -पिण्डः the maintenance given by a king; अवश्यं राजपिण्डस्तैर्निवेश्य इति मे मतिः Mb.3.36.16. -पिण्डा a species of date. -पुंस् m. a royal servant. -पुत्रः 1 a prince. -2 a Kṣatriya, a man of the military tribe. -3 the planet Mercury. -4 N. of a mixed caste. -5 a Rajpoot. -5 A kind of mango. -पुत्रिका 1 a kind of bird. -2 Princess. -पुत्री 1 a princess. -2 a female of the Rajpoota tribe. -3 N. of several plants:-- जाती, मालती, कटुतुम्बी &c. -4 a kind of perfume (रेणुका). -5 a musk rat. -6 a kind of metal; also राजपत्नी. -पुरम् a royal city. -पुरुषः 1 a king's servant. -2 a minister. -पुष्पः the नागकेसर tree. -पूगः a kind of Areca-nut palm; Bhāg.4.6.17. -पौरुषिकः a royal servant; Mb.13.126.24. -प्रकृतिः a king's minister. -प्रसादः royal favour. -प्रेष्यः a king's servant. (-ष्यम्) royal service (more correctly राजप्रैष्य). -फणिञ्झकः an orange tree. -वदरम् salt. -बीजिन्, -वंश्य a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent. -भट्टिका a species of water-fowl. -भृतः a king's soldier. -भृत्यः 1 a royal servant or minister. -2 any public or government officer. -भोगः a king's meal, royal repast. -भोग्यम् nutmeg. -भौतः a king's fool or jester. -मणिः a royal gem. -मन्त्रधरः, -मन्त्रिन् m. a king's counsellor. -महिषी the chief queen. -मार्गः 1 a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street. -2 the way, method or procedure of kings. -मार्तण्डः, -मृगाङ्कः (in music) a kind of measure. -माषः a kind of bean. -मुद्रा the royal seal. -यक्ष्मः, -यक्ष्मन् m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; राजयक्ष्मपरिहानिराययौ कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् R.19.5; राजयक्ष्मेव रोगाणां समूहः स महीभृताम् Śi.2.96; (for explanation of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13.29). -यानम् a royal vehicle, a palanouin. -युध्वन् m. 1 a king's soldier. -2 one who fights with a king; P.III.2.95. -योगः 1 a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king. -2 an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as distinguished form the more rigorous one called हठयोग q. v. -रङ्गम् silver. -राक्षसः a bad king. -राज् m. 1 a supreme king. -2 the moon. -राजः 1 a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor. -2 N. of Kubera; अन्तर्बाष्प- श्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -3 the moon. -राज्यम् the state or dignity of Kubera; स्वर्लोके राजराज्येन सो$भि- षिच्येत भार्गव Mb.13.85.53. -रीतिः f. bell-metal. -लक्षणम् 1 any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. royal insignia, regalia. -लक्ष्मन् n. royal insignia. (-m.) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः f. the fortune or prosperity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7. -लिङ्गम् a kingly mark. -लेखः a royal edict. -लोकः a. collection of princes or kings. -वंशः a dynasty of kings. -वंशावली genealogy of kings, royal pedigree. -वर्चसम् kingly rank or dignity. -वर्तः cloth of various colours. -वल्लभः 1 a king's favourite. -2 a kind of mango. -3 a kind of Jujube. -वसतिः 1 dwelling in a king's court. -2 a royal palace. -वाहः a horse. -वाह्यः a royal elephant. -विः the bluy jay. -विजयः (in music) a kind of Rāga. -विद्या 'royal policy', kingcraft, state-policy, statesmanship; Bg.9.2; (cf. राजनय); so -राजशास्त्रम्; वीराश्च नियतोत्साहा राजशास्त्रमनुष्ठिताः Rām.1. 7.12. -विहारः a royal convent. -वृक्षः the tree Cassia Fistula; गुच्छैः कृतच्छविरराजत राजवृक्षः Rām. Ch.5.9. -वृत्तम् the conduct or occupation of a king; (कच्चित्) प्रजाः पालयसे राजन् राजवृत्तेन धार्मिक Rām.1.52.7. -वृत्तिः the works of a king; प्रत्यक्षाप्रत्यक्षानुमेया हि राजवृत्तिः Kau. A.1.9. -शफरः a Hilsā fish; L. D. B. -शासनम् a royal edict; दिवा चरेयुः कार्यार्थं चिह्निता राजशासनैः Ms.1.55. -शृङ्गम् a royal umbrella with a golden handle. -शेखरः N. of a poet. -संसद् f., -सभा f. a court of justice. -सदनम् a palace. -सर्पः a kind of snake-devouring snake. -सर्षपः black mustard (the seed used as a weight; त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः । ता राजसर्षपस्तिस्रस्ते त्रयो गौरसर्षपः ॥ Ms.8.133). -सायुज्यम् sovereignty. -सारसः a peacock. -सूयः, -यम् 1 a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; राजा वै राजसूयेनेष्ट्वा भवति Śat Br.; cf. सम्राट् also; राजा तत्र सूयते तस्माद् राजसूयः । राज्ञो वा यज्ञो राजसूयः ŚB. on MS.4.4.1. -2 a lotus. -3 a mountain. - सौधः a king's palace. -स्कन्धः a horse. -स्थानाधिकारः Viceroyalty. -स्थानीयः a viceroy, governor. -स्वम् 1 royal property; राजस्वं श्रोत्रियस्वं च न भोगेन प्रणश्यति Ms.8.149. -2 tribute, revenue. -स्वर्णः a kind of thorn-apple. -स्वामिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -हंसः a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V. -हत्या regicide. -हस्तिन् m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant. -हासकः a kind of fish; L. D. B.
lakṣaka लक्षक a. [लक्ष्-ण्वुल्] Indicating indirectly, expressing secondarily. -कम् One hundred thousand.
vakri वक्रि a. 1 Equivocating. -2 Speaking falsely, lying.
vardhana वर्धन a. [वृध्-णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Increasing, growing. -2 Causing to increase, enlarging, magnifying. -नः A bestower of prosperity. -2 A tooth growing over another tooth. -3 N. of Śiva. -नी 1 A broom. -2 A bier. -3 A water-jar of a particular shape. -नम् 1 Growing, thriving. -2 Growth, increase, prosperity, magnifying, enlargement. -4 Elevation. -5 Exhilaration (of spirits), animation. -6 Educating, rearing. -7 Cutting, dividing; as in नाभिवर्धनम्; प्राङ्नाभिवर्धनात् पुंसो जातकर्म विधीयते Mb.3.18.34; annihilation; ततो राजन् महानासीत् संग्रामो भूरिवर्धनः Mb.7.153.44. -8 A means of strengthening. restorative. -9 Filling.
vācin वाचिन् a. (At the end of comp.) Expressing, indicating, signifying.
vikrānta विक्रान्त p. p. 1 Stepped or passed beyond. -2 Powerful, heroic, valiant, chivalrous; युधामन्युश्च विक्रान्तः Bg.1.6; Ki.16.2. -3 Victorious, overpowering (one's enemies). -न्तः 1 A hero, warrior. -2 A lion. -3 N. of a kind of संधि which leaves विसर्ग unchanged. -न्तम् 1 A pace, stride; तद्विक्रान्तैर्विजितानीह त्रीणि Mb.13.158.2. -2 Heroism, valour, prowess. -3 The jewel called वैक्रान्त. -4 A kind of intoxicating drink.
vipad विपद् f. 1 Calamity, misfortune, adversity, distress; तत्त्वनिकषग्रावा तु तेषां (मित्राणां) विपद् H.1.183. -2 Death; सिंहादवापद्विपदं नृसिंहः R.18.35. -Comp. -उद्धरणम्, उद्धारः relieving or extricating (one) from misfortune. -कालः times of need, season of calamity, adversity. -ग्रस्त, -युक्त a. overtaken by or involved in calamity, unhappy, unfortunate. -सागरः 'sea of misery', a very heavy calamity or disaster.
vimadya विमद्य a. Free from intoxicating drinks.
vihṛta विहृत p. p. 1 Sported, played. -2 Expanded. -3 Transposed, varied. -4 Distributed, diposed. -तम् 1 One of the ten modes of indicating love used by women; see S. D.125,146; (written विकृत also in this sense). -2 Sport, play; Dk.2.6. -3 A walk. -4 Hesitation.
vyañjaka व्यञ्जक a. (-ञ्जिका f.) 1 Making clear, indicating, showing, manifesting. -2 Suggesting or insinuating a meaning (as a word, opp. वाचक and लाक्षणिक q. q. v. v.). -कः 1 Dramatic action or gesture, external indication of an internal feeling by suitable gesticulation. -2 A sign, symbol. -3 Figurative expression or insinuation. -Comp. -अर्थः (in Rhet.) suggested or implied sense.
vyañjanam व्यञ्जनम् 1 Making clear, indicating, manifesting. -2 A mark, token, sign; सुकुमारं महासत्त्वं पार्थिवव्यञ्जनान्वितम् (रामम्) Rām.3.17.8. -3 A reminder; Māl.9. -4 Disguise, garb; नानाव्यञ्जनाः प्रणिधयः Mu.1; Śi.2.56; तपस्विव्यञ्जनोपेताः; गृहपतिवैदेहकतापसव्यञ्जनाः प्रणिधयः Kau. A.2. &c. -5 A consonant. -6 A mark of the sex, i. e. the male or female organ. -7 Insignia. -8 A mark or sign of puberty; अजातव्यञ्जनः श्रीमान् बालः श्यामः शुभेक्षणः Rām.3.38.14; बालमप्राप्तवयसमजातव्यञ्जनाकृतिम् Mb.1.157.35. -9 The beard. -1 A limb, member. -11 (a) A condiment, sauce, a seasoned article; व्यञ्जनानि ओदनार्थानि ŚB. on MS. 1.8.29; अशक्नुवद्भिर्बहुभुक्तवत्तया यदुज्झिता व्यञ्जनपुञ्जराशयः N.16.14. (b) An article used in seasoning food, spices &c. -12 The last of the three powers of a word by virtue of which it suggests or insinuates a sense; see अञ्जन-ना (9) (written व्यञ्जना also in this sense); विरतास्वभिधाद्यासु यथार्थो बोध्यते$परः । सा वृत्तिर्व्यञ्जना नाम शब्द- स्यार्थादिकस्य च S. D. -13 The letter (as opp. to अर्थ 'meaning'). -14 A day. -15 A privy part. -Comp. -उदय a. followed by a consonant. -कारः the preparer of a sauce or condiment. -धातुः (वाद्यवादनविधिः) playing of the lute; व्यक्तिर्व्यञ्जनधातुना दशवधेनाप्यत्र लब्धामुना Nāg. 1.14. -संधिः the junction or coalition of consonants.
śaṃsin शंसिन् a. (Usually at the end of comp.) 1 Praising. -2 Telling, announcing, communicating; प्रजावती दोहदशंसिनी ते R.14.45. -3 Indicating, bespeaking; मूर्धानः क्षतहुंकारशंसिनः Ku.2.26; अभिमतफलशंसी चारु पुस्फोर बाहुः Bk.1.27; प्रार्थनासिद्धिशंसिनः R.1.42; Śi.9.77. -4 Presaging, foretelling; बभूव सर्वं शुभशंसि तत्क्षणम् R.3.14; 12.9.
śakraḥ शक्रः [शक्-रक्] 1 N. of Indra; एकः कृती शकुन्तेषु यो$न्यः शक्रान्न याचते Kuval. -2 The Arjuna tree. -3 The Kuṭaja tree. -4 An owl. -5 The asterism ज्येष्ठा. -6 The number 'fourteen'. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 Lord; शक्रप्रस्थस्य शक्रेण विरुद्धो$यमभूत् सदा Śiva B.9.5. -Comp. -अशनः the Kuṭaja tree. (-नम्) an intoxicating drink prepared from hemp. -आख्यः an owl. -आत्मजः 1 Jayanta, son of Indra. -2 Arjuna. -उत्थानम्, -उत्सवः a festival in honour of Indra on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada. -काष्ठा the cast. -गोपः a kind of red insect; cf. इन्द्रगोप; अविरलविततेव शक्रगोपैररुणित- नीलतृणोलपा धरित्री Ki.1.3. -जः, -जातः a crow. -जालम् magic, sorcery. -जीत्, -भिद् m. epithets of Meghanāda, son of Rāvaṇa. -द्रुमः the Devadāru tree. -धनुस् n., -शरासनम् the rain-bow. -ध्वजः a flag set up in honour of Indra; जृम्भमाणः सुविपुलं शक्रध्वजमिवोच्छ्रितम् Mb. 3.146.7. -पर्यायः the Kuṭaja tree. -पादपः 1 the Kuṭaja tree. -2 the Devadāru tree. -प्रस्थम् = इन्द्रप्रस्थ q. v. -भवनम्, -भुवनम्, -वासः heaven, paradise. -भूभवा colocynth. -मातृका a wooden post for supporting Indra's banner. -मूर्धन् m., -शिरस् n. an anthill, a hillock. -लोकः the world of Indra. -वल्ली colocynth (इन्द्रवारुणी). -वाहनम् a cloud. -शाखिन् m. the Kuṭaja tree. -शाला a sacrificial ground. -सारथिः 'the charioteer of Indra', an epithet of Mātali. -सुतः 1 an epithet of Jayanta. -2 of Arjuna. -3 of Vāli. -सृष्टा yellow myrobalan.
śoṣaṇa शोषण a. (-णी f.) [शुष्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Drying up, desiccating. -2 Causing to wither up, emaciating; पत्राणामिव शोषणेन मरुता स्पृष्टा लता माधवी Ś.3.1. -णः N. of one of the arrows of Cupid. -णम् 1 Drying up, desiccation. -2 Suction, sucking up, absorption. -3 Exhaustion. -4 Emaciation, withering up. -5 Dry ginger.
ṣoḍat षोडत् a. Having six teeth (indicating a particular period of life).
saṃkrāntiḥ संक्रान्तिः f. 1 Going together, union. -2 Passage from one point to another, transition. -3 The passage of the sun or any planetary body from one zodiacal sign into another. -4 Transference, giving over (to another); संपातिताः ... पयसो गण्डूषसंक्रान्तयः U.3.16. -5 Transferring or communicating (one's knowledge to another), power of imparting (instruction to another); विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था संक्रान्तिरन्यस्य विशेषयुक्ता 1.16. -6 Image, reflection. -7 Depicting.
saptan सप्तन् num. a. (always pl.; सप्त nom. and acc.) Seven. -Comp. -अंशुः N. of Agni. -अंशुपुङ्गवः the planet Saturn. -अङ्ग a. see सप्तप्रकृति below. -अर्चिस् a. 1 having seven tongues or flames. -2 evil-eyed, of inauspicious look. (-m.) 1 N. of fire. -2 of Saturn. -3 the Chitraka plant. -अशीतिः f. eighty-seven. -अश्रम् a heptagon. -अश्वः the sun; नप्ता सप्ताश्वसंनिभः Śiva B. 25.45. ˚वाहनः the sun. -अस्र a. septangular. -अहः seven days, i. e. a week. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Brahman. -ऋषि (सप्तर्षि) m. pl. 1 the seven sages; i. e. मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु, and वसिष्ठ. -2 the constellation called Ursa Major (the seven stars of which are said to be the seven sages mentioned above). -कोण a. septangular. -गङ्गम् ind. in the place of the seven streams of the Ganges. -गुण a. seven-fold. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-seven. -च्छदः N. of a tree (Mar. सातवीण); गजाश्च सप्तच्छद- दानगन्धिनः Karṇabhāra 1.11. -जिह्वः, -ज्वालः fire. (the seven tongues are काली, कराली, मनोजवा, सुलोहिता, सुधूम्रवर्णा, उग्रा and प्रदीप्ता). -तन्तुः a sacrifice; सप्ततन्तु- मधिगन्तुमिच्छतः Śi.14.6; पुनः प्रवर्तयिष्यामि सप्ततन्त्वादिकाः क्रियाः Śiva B.5.56; विधये सप्ततन्तूनाम् ibid.18.23. cf. note on N.11.1. -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-seven. -दशन् a. seventeen. ˚अरत्निन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which an expression, if it is found to be inapplicable to the matter or thing with reference to which it is used, should be taken as being connected with or applying to a part or subsidiary thereof. This mode of construing an expression (in its literal sense) is preferable to लक्षणा. This rule is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर in the सूत्र 'आनर्थक्यात् तदङ्गेषु' MS.3.1.18 and भाष्या thereon. -दाधितिः N. of fire. -द्वारावकीर्ण a. dominated or affected by the seven gates (5 organs, mind and intellect); सप्तद्वाराकीर्णां च न वाचमनृतां वदेत् Ms.6.48 (see Kull.). -द्वीपा an epithet of the earth; पुरा सप्तद्वीपां जयति वसुधामप्रतिरथः Ś.7.33. -धातु m. pl. the seven constituent elements of the body; i. e. chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen; (रसास्रमांस- मेदो$स्थिमज्जानः शुक्रसंयुताः). -नली birdlime. -नवतिः f. ninetyseven. -नाडीचक्रम् a kind of astrological diagram used as a means of foretelling rain. -पदी the seven steps at a marriage (the bride and bridegroom walk together seven steps, after which the marriage becomes irrevocable). -पर्णः (so सप्तच्छदः, सप्तपत्रः) N. of a tree. (-र्णी) the sensitive plant. -पातालम् the seven regions of the earth (i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, महातल, रसातल, तलातल and पाताल). -प्रकृतिः f. pl. the seven constituent parts of a kingdom; स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोशराष्ट्र- दुर्गबलानि च Ak.; see प्रकृति also. -भद्रः the Śirīsa tree. -भूमिक, -भौम a. seven stories high (as a palace). -मन्त्रः fire. -मातृ f. collective N. of seven mothers (i. e. ब्राह्मी, माहेश्वरी, कौमारी, वैष्णवी, वाराही, इन्द्राणी, and चामुण्डा). -मुष्टिकः a particular mixture used as a remedy for fever. -रक्तः one who has got the seven parts of the body red; (पाणिपादतले रक्ते नेत्रान्तरनखानि च । तालुकाधर- जिह्वाश्च प्रशस्ता सप्तरक्तता ॥). -रात्रम् a period of seven nights. -रुचिः fire; सप्तरुचेरिव स्फुलिङ्गाः Śi.2.53. -लोकाः the seven worlds (i. e. भूर्, भुवर्, स्वर्, महर्, जनस्, तपस्, and सत्यम्). -विंशतिः f. twentyseven. -विध a. seven-fold, of seven sorts. -शतम् 1 7. -2 17. (-ती) an aggregate or collection of 7 verses or stanzas. -शलाकः a kind of astronomical diagram used for indicating auspicious days for marriages. -शिरा betel. -सप्तिः an epithet of the sun; सर्वैरुस्रैः समग्रैस्त्वमिव नृपगुणैर्दीप्यते सप्तसप्तिः M.2.12; Ś.6.29; Ki.5.34. -स्वरः the seven musical notes (i. e. सा, रि, ग, म, प, ध, नी).
samarthanam समर्थनम् ना 1 Establishing, supporting, corroborating. -2 Defending, vindicating, justifying; स्थिते- ष्वेतत् समर्थनम् K. P.7. -3 Pleading, advocating. -4 Judging, considering; imagining. -5 Deliberation, determination, deciding on the propriety or otherwise of anything. -6 Adequacy, efficacy, force, capability; स तु ज्ञानगरीयस्त्वात्तपसश्च समर्थनात् Mb.1.13.1. -7 Energy, perseverance. -8 Reconciling differences, allaying disputes. -9 Objection. -1 Compensation for an offence; नो तदागसि परं समर्थना N.18.136.
saṃpradāyaḥ संप्रदायः 1 Tradition, traditional doctrine or knowledge, traditional handing down of instruction; चन्द्रकेतुरवाप्तदिव्यास्त्रसंप्रदायः U.2.7/8; अथ तत् संप्रदायेन राम- भद्रे स्थिता अपि 5.15. -2 A peculiar system of religious teaching, a religious doctrine inculcating the worship of one peculiar deity. -3 An established custom, usage. -4 Gift (संप्रदान); दिव्यास्त्रसंप्रदायो$यं लक्ष्मणेन सहास्तु मे Mv.1.47. (Also cf. U.2.7/8.) -Comp -प्रद्योतकः a revealer of the tradition of the Veda. -विगमः loss of tradition.
sarva सर्व Pron. a. [सृतमनेन विश्वमिति सर्वम् Uṇ.1.151] (nom. pl. सर्वे m.) 1 All, every; उपर्युपरि पश्यन्तः सर्व एव दरिद्रति H.2.2; रिक्तः सर्वो भवति हि लघुः पूर्णता गौरवाय Me. 2. -2 Whole, entire, complete. -र्वः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -र्वम् Water. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the whole body. -2 all the Vedāṅgas. (-ङ्गः or ˚रूपः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गीण a. pervading or thrilling through the whole body; सर्वाङ्गीणः स्पर्शः सुतस्य किल V.5.11. -अधिकारिन् -m., -अध्यक्षः a general superintendent. -अनुक्रमणिका, -क्रमणी a general index. -अनुदात्त a. entirely accentless. -अन्नीन a. eating every kind of fodd; so सर्वान्न- भोजिन् &c. -अपरत्वम् final emancipation. -अभावः nonexistence or failure of all; इतरेषां तु वर्णानां सर्वाभावे हरेन्नृपः Ms.9.189. -अभिसन्धिक a. deceiving every one; Ms.4.195. -अभिसन्धिन् m. 1 a traducer, calumniator. -2 a religious hypocrite. -अभिसारः a complete army (of elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry). -अर्थचिन्तकः a general overseer, chief officer. -अर्थ- साधिका N. of Durgā. -अर्थसिद्धः the great Buddha or Śākyamuni. -अवसरः midnight. -अशिन् a. eating all sorts of food; Ms.2.118. -अस्तिवादः the doctrine that all things are real. -आकार (in comp.) entirely, thoroughly, completely; सर्वाकारहृदयंगमायास्तस्याः Māl.1.7; 1.14. -आत्मन् m. 1 the whole soul; (सर्वात्मना entirely, completely, thoroughly.). -2 N. of Śiva. -आधारः a receptacle of everything. -आशयः, -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a paramount lord. -उत्तम a. best of all, excellent, supremely good. -ऋतुपरिवर्तः a year; L. D. B. -ओघः = सर्वाभिसार above. -करः, -कर्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -कर्तृ m. 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. -कर्मीण a. performing everything. -कामः, कामदः, कामवरः N. of Śiva. -कामिक a. 1 fulfilling all wishes. -2 obtaining all one's desires. -काम्य a. 1 loved by all. -2 having everything one can desire. -कालीन a. for all time, perpetual. -केशिन् m. an actor. -क्षारः impure carbonate of soda or potash. -क्षित् a. abiding in all things. -ग a. all-pervading, omnipresent. (-गः) 1 Śiva. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 Brahman. -4 the spirit, soul. (-गम्) water. -गा the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -गामिन्, -गति a. all-pervading, omnipresent. -गतिः the refuge of all. -ग्रन्थिः, -ग्रन्थिकम् the root of long pepper. -चारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -जनीन a. 1 world-wide, famous. -2 relating to every one. -3 salutary to every one. -जित् a. 1 excellent, incomparable. -2 all-conquering, invincible. -m. 1 death. -2 the 21st संवत्सर. -जीवः the soul of all. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. all-knowing, omniscient. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Buddha. -3 the Supreme Being. -ज्ञा N. of Durgā. -ज्ञातृ a. omniscient. -तन्त्रः one who has studied all the Tantras. ˚सिद्धान्तः a doctrine admitted by all the schools. -तापनः the god of love. -दः N. of Śiva. -दम, -दमन a. all-subduing, irresistible. (-m.) N. of Bharata, son of Duṣyanta; इहायं सत्त्वानां प्रसभदमनात् सर्व- दमनः Ś.7.33. -दर्शनसंग्रहः a compendium of all the schools or systems of philosophy by Mādhavāchārya. -दर्शिन् a. all-seeing. -m. 1 a Buddha. -2 the Supreme Being. -दुःखक्षयः final emancipation from all existence. -दृश् a. all-seeing. f. (pl.) all organs of senses. -देवमय a. comprising all the gods. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -देवमुखः an epithet of Agni. -द्रष्टृ a. all-seeing. -धनम् (in arith.) the total of a sum in progression. -धन्विन् m. the god of love. -धारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -धुरीणः A beast carrying all burdens; a draught ox. -नामन् n. a class of pronominal words. ˚स्थानम् N. for the nom. (all numbers) and acc. sing. and dual of masculine and feminine nouns and nom. and add. pl. of neuter nouns; cf. सुट् also. -निक्षेपा a particular method of counting. -निराकृति a. causing to forget everything. -पारशव a. made entirely of iron. -पार्षदम् a text book received by all grammatical schools. -पूर्णत्वम् complete preparation. -प्रथमम् ind. first of all. -प्रद a. all-bestowing. -प्रिय a. popular, liked by all. -बलम् a particular high number. -भक्षः fire. -भक्षा a female goat. -भवारणिः the cause of all welfare. -भावः allbeing or nature; (सर्वभावेन 'with all one's heart, sincerely, heart and soul'). -भावकरः, -भावनः N. of Śiva. -भृत् a. all-supporting. -मङ्गला an epithet of Pārvatī. -मांसाद a. eating every kind of flesh; मत्स्यादः सर्वमांसादस्तस्मान्मत्स्यान् विवर्जयेत् Ms.5.15. -मुख a. facing in every direction. -मूल्यम् A cowrie. -मूषकः 'all-stealing', time. -मेधः a universal sacrifice; राजसूयाश्वमेधौ च सर्वमेधं च भारत Mb.14.3.8. -योगिन् m. N. of Śiva. -योनिः the source of all. -रसः 1 the resinous exudation of the Sāla tree, resin. -2 salt, saltness. -3 a kind of musical instrument. -4 a learned man. ˚उत्तमः salt. -लालसः N. of Śiva. -लिङ्गिन् m. 1 an impostor. -2 a heretic. -लोकः the universe. -लोहः an iron arrow. -वर्णिन् a. of various kinds; खादिरान् बिल्वसमितांस्तावतः सर्ववर्णिनः Mb.14.88. 27 (com. वर्णिनः पलाशकाष्ठमयाः). -वल्लभा an unchaste woman. -वासः, -वासिन् m., -विख्यातः, -विग्रहः N. of Śiva. -विक्रयिन् a. selling all kinds of things; Ms.2. 118. -वेदः a man who has studied the four Vedas. -वेदस् m. one who performs a sacrifice by giving away all his wealth; Ms.11.1. (-सम्) all one's property; उशन् ह वै वाजश्रवसः सर्ववेदसं ददौ Kath.1.1; चतुर्थे चायुषः शेषे वानप्रस्थाश्रमं त्यजेत् । सद्यस्कारां निरूप्येष्टिं सर्ववेदसदक्षिणाम् ॥ Mb.12.244.23. -वेशिन् m. an actor. -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -शक् a. omnipotent, allpowerful. -शान्तिकृत् m. N. of Śakuntalā's son, Bharata. -संस्थ a. 1 Omnipresent. -2 all destroying. -सखः a sage; शान्तो यथैक उत सर्वसखैश्चरामि Bhāg.1. 85.45. -संगतः a kind of quick-growing rice. -a. 1 appropriate in every respect. -2 met with universally. -संग्रहः a general or universal collection. -संनहनम्, -संनाहः assembling of a complete army, a complete armament; see -अभिसारः. -समता equality towards everything; स सर्वसमतामेत्य ब्रह्माभ्येति परं पदम् Ms. 12.125. -समाहर a. all-destroying. -संपन्न a. provided with everything. -संपातः all that remains. -सरः a kind of ulcer in the mouth. -सह a. all-forbearing, very patient; स त्वं जगत्त्राणखलप्रहाणये निरूपितः सर्वसहो गदाभृता Bhāg.9.5.9. (-हः) bdellium. (-हा, also सर्वसहा) the earth. -साक्षिन् a. all-witnessing. (-m.) 1 N. of the Supreme Being. -2 N. of wind. -3 of Agni. -साधनः Śiva. -साधारण, -सामान्य a. common to all. -सिद्धिः f. universal success. (-m.) the Bilva tree. -स्वम् 1 everything, the whole of one's possessions; as in सर्वस्वदण्डः, सर्वस्वहरणम् 'confiscation of the whole property'. -2 the very essence, the all-in-all of anything; सर्वस्वं तदहो महाकविगिरां कामस्य चाम्भोरुह Subhāṣ.; see Ś.1.24;6.1; Māl.8.6; Bv.1.63. -स्वारः Vedic sacrifice (एकाह) in which the sacrificer commits suicide (usually a man suffering from some incurable desease with little hope of life); अननन्द निरीक्ष्यायं पुरे तत्रात्मघातिनम् । सर्वस्वारस्य यज्वानमेनं दृष्ट्वाथ विव्यथे । N.17.22. -हर a. 1 appropriating everything. -2 inheriting a person's whole property. -3 all-destroying (as death); मृत्युः सर्वहरश्चाहम् Bg.1.34. -हरणम्, -हारः confiscating of one's entire property; सर्वहारं हरेन्नृपः Ms.8.399. -हितम् black pepper.
sukha सुख a. [सुख-अच्] 1 Happy, delighted, joyful, pleased. -2 Agreeable, sweet, charming, pleasant; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14; so सुखश्रवा निस्वनाः 3.19. -3 Virtuous, pious. -4 Taking delight in, favourable to; Ś.7.18. -5 Easy practicable; श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49. -6 Fit, suitable. -खा 1 The capital of Varuṇa. -2 (In phil.) The effort to win future beatitude. -3 Piety, virtue. -खम् 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure, comfort; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात् सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V. 3.21. -2 Prosperity; अद्वैतं सुखदुःखयोरनुगुणं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -3 Well-being, welfare, health; देवीं सुखं प्रष्टुं गता M.4. -4 Ease, comfort, alleviation (of sorrow &c.); oft in comp; as in सुखशयित, सुखोपविष्ट, सुखाश्रय &c. -5 Facility, easiness, ease. -6 Heaven, Paradise. -7 Water. -खम् ind. 1 Happily, joyfully; भ्रातृभिः सहितो रामः प्रमुमोद सुखं सुखी Rām.7.41.1. -2 Well; सुखमास्तां भवान् 'many you fare well'. -3 At ease, comfortably; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P. 1. -4 Easily, with ease; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3; सुखमुपदिश्यते परस्य K. -4 Rather, willingly. -5 Quietly, placidly; सुखं रात्रीः शयिता वीतमन्युः Kaṭh.1.11. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 ending in happiness. -2 friendly. -3 destroying happiness. -अधिष्ठानम् a happy state. -अभियोज्य a. easily assailable. -अभ्युदयिक a. causing joy or pleasure; सुखाभ्युदयिकं चैव नैःश्रेयसिकमेव च Ms.12.88. -अर्थः anything that gives pleasure; Ms.6.26. -आगतम् welcome. -आजातः N. of Śiva. -आत्मक a. consisting of pleasure. -आत्मन् the Supreme Spirit, Brahma; पृथगाचरतस्तात पृथगात्मसुखात्मनोः Mb.13. 12.8. -आधारः paradise. -आप a. easily won or attained. -आप्लव a. suitable for bathing. -आयतः, -आयनः a good or well-trained horse. -आराध्य a. easy to be conciliated or propitiated. -आरोह a. of easy ascent. -आलोक a. good-looking, lovely, charming -आवह a. conducing to happiness, pleasant, comfortable. -आशः 1 eating at ease. -2 pleasant food. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -आशकः a cucumber. -आसक्तः an epithet of Śiva. -आसनम् a comfortable seat. -आसीन a. comfortably seated; also सुखनिविष्ट. -आस्वाद a. 1 having a sweet taste, sweet-flavoured. -2 agreeable, delightful. (-दः) 1 a pleasant flavour. -2 enjoyment (of pleasure). -उचित a. accustomed to comfort or happiness. -उत्सवः 1 merry-making, pleasure, festival, jubilee. -2 a husband. -उदकम्, -उष्णम् warm water. -उदयः 1 dawn or realization of happiness. -2 an intoxicating drink. -उदर्क a. resulting in happiness. -उद्भवा yellow myrobalan; L. D. B. -उद्य a. to be spoken easily or agreeably. -उपविष्ट a. comfortably seated, sitting at ease. -एषिन् a. desiring happiness, wishing well to. -ऊर्जिकः natron. -कर, -कार, -दायक a. giving pleasure, pleasant. -चारः a good horse. -जात a. happy; सुखजातः सुरापीतः ...... Bk.5.38. -तन्त्र a. enjoying pleasure; अर्थधर्मौ च संगृह्य सुखतन्त्रो न चालसः Rām.2.1.27. -द a. giving pleasure. (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-दा) 1 a courtezan of Indra's heaven. -2 the river Ganges. -3 the Śamī tree. (-दम्) the seat of Viṣṇu. -दोह्या a cow easily milked. -प्रविचार a. easily accessible. -प्रश्नः inquiry as to welfare. -बद्ध a. lovely. -बोधः 1 sensation of pleasure. -2 easy knowledge. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. happy. -भेद्य a. easy to be broken (fig. also), fragile, brittle. -मानिन् seeking joy in. -मोदा the gum olibanum tree. -रात्रिः 1 the night of new moon (when lamps are lighted in honour of Lakṣmī). -2 a night when the husband may legally cohabit with his wife; see Ms.3.47. -रात्रिः, -रात्रिका Lakṣmī. -रूप a. having an agreeable appearance. -वर्चकः, -वर्चस् m. natron, alkali. -वह a. easily borne or carried. -वासः a water-melon. -वेदनम् consciousness of pleasure. -श्रव, -श्रुति a. sweet to the ear, melodious; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः प्रसादयन्ती हृदयान्यपि द्विषाम् Ki.14.3. -संगिन a. attached to pleasure; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11. -संदु(दो)ह्या f. a cow easily milked; L. D. B. -संयोगः gain of eternal bliss; धर्मार्थप्रभवं चैव सुखसंयोगमक्षयम् Ms.6.64. -साध्य a. easy to be accomplished or cured &c. -सुखेन ind. most willingly. -सेव्य a. easy of access. -स्वर्श a. 1 agreeable to the touch. -2 gratifying, pleasant; सेव्य- मानौ सुखस्पर्शैः शालनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38. -हस्त a. having a soft or gentle hand.
sūcaka सूचक a. (-चिका f.) [सूच्-ण्वुल्] 1 Indicative, indicating, proving, showing. -2 Betraying, informing; स विनाशं व्रजत्याशु सूचको$शुचिरेव च Ms.4.71;11.5. -कः 1 A piercer. -2 A needle, any instrument for perforating or sewing. -3 An informer, a tale-bearer, traducer, spy; नृपं संसूचयेत् ज्ञात्वा सूचकः स उदाहृतः Śukra.4. 589 -4 narrator, teacher, an instructor. -5 The manager or chief actor of a company. -6 A Buddha. -7 A Siddha. -8 A villain, scoundrel -9 A demon, goblin. -1 A dog. -11 A crow. -12 A cat. -13 A kind of fine rice. -Comp. -वाक्यम् the information given by an informer. सूचनम्, -ना [सूच्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 The act of piercing or perforating, boring, perforation. -2 Pointing out, indication, intimation. -3 Informing against, betraying, calumniating, traducing. -4 Gesticulation, indicating by proper signs or gestures. -5 Hinting, hint. -6 Information. -7 Teaching, showing, describing -8 Spying out, spying, seeing, ascertaining. -9 Villainy, wickedness. -1 Hurting, killing.
sūciḥ सूचिः ची f. [सूच्इन् वा ङीप्] 1 Piercing, perforating. -2 A needle; निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते । सूच्येवाञ्जन- चूर्णस्य किमिति प्रतिपालयेत् ॥ Mb.3.35.3. -3 Sharp point or pointed blade (as of Kuśa grass); अभिनवकुशसूच्या परिक्षतं मे चरणम् Ś.1; so मुखे कुशसूचिबिद्धे Ś.4.13. -4 The sharp point or tip of anything; कः करं प्रसारयेत् पन्नगरत्न- -सूचये Ku.5.43. -5 The point of a bud, -6 A kind of military array, a sharp column or file; दण्डव्यूहेन तन्मार्गं यायात् तु शकटेन वा । वराहमकराभ्यां वा सूच्या वा गरुडेन वा Ms. 7.187. -7 A triangle formed by the sides of a trapezium produced till they meet. -8 A cone, pyramid. -9 Indication by gesture, communicating by signs, gesticulation. -1 A particular mode of dancing. -11 Dramatic action. -12 An index, a table of contents. -13 A list, catalogue. -14 The earth's disc in computing eclipses (in astr.). -15 A rail or balustrade. -16 A small door-bolt. -17 A kind of coitus. -Comp. -अग्र a. needle-pointed, having a sharp needle-like point, acuminated. (-ग्रम्) The point of a needle. -आस्यः a rat. -कटाहन्यायः see under न्याय. -कर्मन् needle-work. -खातः a sharp pyramid or pyramidal excavation, a cone. -गृहकम् a needle-case. -पत्रकम् an index, a table of contents. (-कः) a kind of pot-herb. -पुष्पः the Ketaka tree. -भिन्न a. bursting open at the point of the buds; पाण्डुच्छायोपवनवृतयः केतकैः सूचिभिन्नैः Me.23. -भेद्य a. 1 to be pierced or penetrated by a needle. -2 thick, dense, pitchy, gross, utter; रुद्धालोके नरपतिपथे सूचिभेद्यैस्तमोभिः Me.39. -3 palpable, tangible. -मुख a. 1 needle-mouthed, having a pointed beak. -2 pointed. (-खः) 1 a bird. -2 white Kuśa grass. -3 a particular position of the hands. (-खम्) a diamond. -रदनः a mungoose. -रोमन् m. a hog. -वदन a. needle-faced, having a pointed beak. (-नः) 1 a gnat, mosquito. -2 a mungoose. -शालिः a kind of fine rice. -शिखा the point of a needle -सूत्रम् a thread for a needle (for sewing).
sūcin सूचिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Piercing, perforating. -2 Pointing out, intimating, indicating. -3 Informing against. -4 Spying out. -m. 1 A spy, an informer; Mb.13.9. 9. -2 A kind of an arrow; न सूची कपिशो नैव न गवास्थि- र्गजास्थिजः Mb.7.189.12.
sūryaḥ सूर्यः [सरति आकाशे सूर्यः, यद्वा सुवति कर्मणि लोकं प्रेरयति; cf. Sk. on P.III.1.114] 1 The sun; सूर्ये तपत्यावरणाय दृष्टेः कल्पेत लोकस्य कथं तमिस्रा R.5.13. [In mythology, the sun is regarded as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi. He is represented as moving in a chariot drawn by seven horses, with Aruṇa for his charioteer. He is also represented as all-seeing, the constant beholder of the good and bad deeds of mortals. Samjñā (or Chhāyā or Aśvinī) was his principal wife, by whom he had Yama and Yamunā, the two Aśvins and Saturn. He is also described as having been the father of Manu Vaivasvata, the founder of the solar race of kings.] -2 The tree called Arka. -3 The number 'twelve' (derived from the twelve forms of the sun). -4 The swallow-wort. -5 N. of Śiva. -Comp. -अपायः sunset; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82. -अर्ष्यम् the presentation of an offering to the sun. -अश्मन् m. the sun-stone. -अश्वः a horse of the sun. -अस्तम् sunset. -आतपः heat or glare of the sun, sunshine. -आलोकः sunshine. -आवर्तः 1 a kind of sun-flower. -2 a head-ache which increases or diminishes according to the course of the sun (Mar. अर्धशिशी). -आह्व a. named after the sun. (-ह्वः) the gigantic swallow-wort. (-ह्वम्) copper. -इन्दुसंगमः the day of the new moon (the conjunction of the sun and moon); दर्शः सूर्येन्दुसंगमः Ak. -उत्थानम्, -उदयः sunrise. -ऊढः 1 'brought by the sun', an evening guest; संप्राप्तो यो$तिथिः सायं सूर्योढो गृहमेधिनाम् । पूजया तस्य देवत्वं लभन्ते गृहमेधिनः ॥ Pt.1.17. -2 the time of sunset. -उपस्थानम्, -उपासना attendance upon or worship of the sun; V.1. -कमलम् the sun-flower, a heliotrope. -कान्तः 1 the sun-stone, sun-crystal; स्पर्शानुकूला इव सूर्यकान्तास्तदन्यतेजो$भिभवाद्वमन्ति । Ś.2.7. -2 a crystal. -कान्ति f. 1 sun-light. -2 a particular flower. -3 the flower of sesamum. -कालः day-time, day. ˚अनलचक्रम् a particular astrological diagram for indicating good and bad fortune. -ग्रहः 1 the sun. -2 an eclipse of the sun. -3 an epithet of Rāhu and Ketu. -4 the bottom of a water-jar. -ग्रहणम् a solar eclipse. -चन्द्रौ (also सूर्याचन्द्रमसौ) m. du. the sun and moon. -जः, -तनयः, पुत्रः 1 epithets of Sugrīva; यो$हं सूर्यसुतः स एष भवतां यो$यं स वत्सो$ङ्गदः Mv. 5.55. -2 of Karṇa. -3 of the planet Saturn. -4 of Yama. -जा, -तनया the river Yamunā. -तेजस् n. the radiance or heat of the sun. -द्वारम् the way of the sun; उत्तरायण q. v.; सूर्यद्वारेण ते विरजाः प्रयान्ति यत्रामृतः स पुरुषो ह्याव्ययात्मा Muṇḍ.1.2.11. -नक्षत्रम् that constellation (out of the 27) in which the sun happens to be. -पर्वन् n. a solar festival, (on the days of the solstices, equinoxes, eclipses &c.). -पादः a sun-beam. -पुत्री 1 lightning. -2 the river Yamunā. -प्रभव a. sprung or descended from the sun; क्व सूर्यप्रभवो वंशः क्व चाल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2. -फणिचक्रम् = सूर्यकालानलचक्रम् q. v. above. -बिम्बः the disc of the sun. -भक्त a. one who worships the sun. (-क्तः) the tree Bandhūka or its flower. -मणिः the sunstone. -मण्डलम् the orb of the sun. -मासः the solar month. -यन्त्रम् 1 a representation of the sun (used in worshipping him). -2 an instrument used in taking solar observations. -रश्मिः a ray of the sun, sun-beam; Ms.5.133. -लोकः the heaven of the sun. -वंशः the solar race of kings (who ruled at Ayodhyā). -वर्चस् a. resplendent as the sun. -वारः Sunday. -विलोकनम् the ceremony of taking a child out to see the sun when four months old; cf. उपनिष्क्रमणम्. -संक्रमः, -संक्रातिः f. the sun's passage from one zodiacal sign to another. -संज्ञम् saffron. -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa. -सिद्धान्तः a celebrated astronomical work (supposed to have been revealed by the god Sun). -स्तुतिः f., -स्तोत्रम् a hymn addressed to the sun. -हृदयम् N. of a hymn to the sun.
sevya सेव्य a. [सेव्-ण्यत्] 1 To be served or waited upon. -2 To be used or employed. -3 To be enjoyed. -4 To be taken care of or guarded. -5 To be studied. -6 To be kept or hoarded. -व्यः 1 A master (opp. सेवक); भयं तावत् सेव्यादभिनिविशते सेवकजनम् Mu.5.12; M.4.12; Pt.1.48. -2 The Aśvattha tree. -3 A sparrow. -4 A kind of intoxicating drink. -व्या 1 The parasite plant वन्दा. -2 A kind of wild rice. -व्यम् A kind of root. -2 Red sandal-wood. -3 Sea-salt. -4 Water. -Comp. -सेवकौ m. dual. master and servant.
snehana स्नेहन a. [स्निह्-णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Anointing, lubricating. -2 Destroying. -नम् 1 Anointing, unction, rubbing or smearing with oil or unguents. -2 Unctuousness. -3 An unguent, emollient.
sphuraḥ स्फुरः [स्फुर्-भावे घञ्] 1 Throbbing, trembling, quivering. -2 Swelling. -3 A shield. -4 Coruscating.
sphuraṇam स्फुरणम् [स्फुर्-ल्युट्] 1 Throbbing, quivering, trembling (in general). -2 Throbbing or quivering of certain parts of the body (indicating good or bad luck). -3 Breaking forth, arising, starting into view. -4 Gleaming, flashing, glittering, shining, twinkling. -5 Flashing on the mind, crossing the memory. -6 Expansion, manifestation.
hīna हीन p. p. [हा-क्त तस्य नः ईत्वम्] 1 Left, abandoned, forsaken &c.; यो वैश्यः स्याद् बहुपशुर्हीनक्रतुरसोमपः । कुटुम्बात् तस्य तद् द्रव्यमाहरेद्यज्ञसिद्धये ॥ Ms.11.12. -2 Destitute or deprived of, bereft of, without; (with instr. or in comp.); तया (संतत्या) हीनं विधातर्मां कथं पश्यन्न दूयसे R.1.7; गुणैर्हीना न शोभन्ते निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः Subhāṣ.; so द्रव्य˚, मति˚, उत्साह˚ &c.; अन्नहीनो देहद्राष्ट्रं मन्त्रहीनस्तु ऋत्विजः । दीक्षितं दक्षिणाहीनो नास्ति यज्ञसमो रिपुः Ms.11.4 (v. l.) -3 Excluded, shut out from (with abl.). -4 Decayed, wasted. -5 Deficient, defective; हीनातिरिक्तगात्रो वा तमप्यपनयेत्ततः Ms.3.242. -6 Subtracted. -7 Less, lower; हीनान्नवस्त्रवेषः स्यात् सर्वदा गुरु- संनिधौ Ms.2.194; हीना हीनान् प्रसूयन्ते 1.31. -8 Low, base, mean, vile. -9 Defeated (in a low-suit). -1 Lost, strayed from (a caravan). -नः 1 A defective witness. -2 A faulty respondent; (Nārada enumarates five kinds:-- अन्यवादी क्रियाद्वेषी नोपस्थायी निरुत्तरः । आहूतप्रपलायी च हीनः पञ्चविधः स्मृतः ॥). -3 Substraction. -ना A female mouse; cf. दीना. -नम् Deficiency, want. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. deficient in a limb, crippled, maimed, defective; हीनाङ्गी वाधिकाङ्गी वा या भवेत् कन्यका नृणाम् । भर्तुः स्यात् सा विनाशाय स्वशीलनिधनाय च ॥ Pt.5.95; Ms.4.141; Y. 1.222. (-गी) a small ant. -कर्मन्, -क्रिय a. neglecting the customary religious rites; Ms.3.7. -कुल, -ज a. baseborn, of low family. -क्रतु a. one who neglects his sacrifice; Ms.11.12. -जाति a. 1 of a low caste. -2 excommunicated, outcaste, degraded; हीनजातिस्त्रियं मोहादुद्बहन्तो द्विजातयः । कुलान्येव नयन्त्याशु संसतानानि शूद्रताम् ॥ Ms.3.15. -पक्ष a. unprotected. -प्रतिज्ञा a. faithless. -यानम् N. of the earliest systems of Buddhist doctrine. -योनिः f. low birth or origin. -रोमन् a. bald. -वर्ण a. 1 of low caste. -2 of inferior rank. -वादः a defective statement, contradictory evidence, prevarication. -वादिन् a. 1 making a defective statement. -2 prevaricating. -3 dumb, speechless. -4 cast in law, defeated. -सख्यम् associating with low persons. -सामन्तः a deposed king; Śukra.1.189. -सन्धिः an agreement made by an inferior king. -सेवा attendance on base persons.
     Macdonell Search  
44 results
     
anirdiṣṭa pp. unindicated; un specified; unauthorised; -kâranam, ad. with out indicating the reason.
iṣudhyā f. supplication; -dhyú, a. supplicating.
kalya a. healthy, vigorous; ready (for, lc. or inf.); clever; n. health; day-break (-m, lc., °ree;--, at day-break); intoxicating liquor: -tâ, f. health.
kādambara n. sour cream; î, f. kind of intoxicating liquor; T. of a romance & its heroine: -lokana½ânanda, m. ep. of the moon; -sagdhikâ, f. common carouse.
khyāpaka (cs.) a. announcing, indicating (--°ree;).
jñāpaka a. (ikâ) causing to know, teaching, indicating; m. master of petitions (an official); n. precept; implicit rule (of grammar); -ana, n. notifying, indicating; -anîya, fp. to be made known ornotified as (nm.); -ayitri, m. instructor.
ṭāṅka n. kind of intoxicating liquor.
tāla m. palmyra or fan palm (from the sap of which sugar and an intoxicating liquor are prepared); flapping (esp. of elephants' ears); clapping of hands; (musical) measure; dance; cymbal(?); n.palmyra nut; a. made from the palmyra: -ka, m. kind of poisonous insect.
da a. (--°ree;) giving, bestowing, imparting; producing, yielding; indicating.
deśin a. indicating (--°ree;): -î, f. forefinger.
niyogin m. authorised person, deputy, agent, functionary; -i½artha-graha½u pâya, m. resource of confiscating the property of public functionaries.
pāna n. drinking (esp. of strong drink); draught; sipping (the lips); beverage, drink: -ka, m. n. beverage, drink; -pa, a. drinking intoxicating liquors; -pâtra, n. drinking ves sel, cup (esp. for spirituous liquor); -bhû or -bhûmi, f. drinking-place or room; -ma&ndot; gala, n. drinking-bout; -matta, pp. intoxi cated; -mada, m. intoxication.
puraḥpāka a. whose fulfilment is imminent; -prahartri, m. champion; -phala, a. prognosticating fruits.
pradakṣiṇit ad. in such a manner that one's right side is turned towards an object; -dakshinî-kri, turn one's right side towards (ac.), walk round (ac.) from left to right; -dakshinena, in. ad. from left to right; towards the south; -dagdhavya, fp. to be burnt; -datta, pp. (√ dâ) given up, re stored: -nayana½utsava, a. affording a feast to the eyes; -dará, m. dispersion (of an army); cleft, fissure (in the ground); -darsa, m. ap pearance (--°ree;); direction, injunction: -ka, a. showing, indicating; propounding, teaching; m. teacher; -darsana, n. appearance (often --°ree;); showing, exhibition, designation; teach ing; example: â, f. indication; -darsin, a. (--°ree;) beholding, seeing; showing, indicating; -darsya, cs. gd. having exhibited or shown; -dahana, n. burning (of earthenware).
bodha a. understanding, knowing; m. awaking (int.); waking state, conscious ness; expanding, blooming (of flowers); call ing forth (a perfume); beginning to take effect (of a spell); apprehension, knowledge, understanding; designation; N.; -aka, a. (ikâ) awakening, rousing; causing to know, teaching, explaining; designating, indicating (--°ree;); enlightening, instructing; m. teacher, instructor; N.; -ana, a. (î) causing to awake, i.e. to expand (of a flower); arousing, excit ing; instructing, informing, teaching; m. planet Mercury; n. awaking, waking; per ceiving, understanding, knowledge; arous ing; causing to take effect (spell); causing to perceive or understand; instructing, in forming, enlightening; designating, indicat ing; ninth day of the dark fortnight in Bhâ dra, on which Durgâ awakes: î, f. eleventh day of the light fortnight of the month Kârttika, on which Vishnu awakes from his sleep; -anîya, fp. to be admonished; -un derstood; -regarded as.
matsara a. [√ mad] gladdening, intoxicating (V.); joyful (V.); selfish; jealous, envious; m. gladdener=Soma (V.); jealousy, envy, of (lc., --°ree;); enmity, hostility; wrath, anger; passion for (lc., --°ree;).
madakara a. intoxicating; -karin, m. elephant in rut; -kala, a. passionately sweet (note); uttering soft sounds of love; drunk with passion; reeling with intoxica tion; being in rut, beginning to rut (elephant); -kârin, -krit, a. intoxicating; -kyút, a. 1. (V.) reeling with excitement, exhilarated with Soma; gladdening, exhilarating; 2. distilling temple-juice (elephant); -gala, n. temple juice (of elephants); -gvara, m.fever of pas sion or pride; -durdina, n. stream of temple juice; -dvipa, m. rutting elephant.
mada m. hilarity, exhilaration, rap ture, intoxication; passion for (--°ree;); wanton ness, lust; rut; pride, arrogance, presump tion, conceit (of, about, g. or --°ree;); intoxicating draught; honey; temple-juice of elephants.
madin a. (V.) gladdening, intoxi cating; lovely.
madapaṭu a. rutting (elephant); ad. clearly with joy (warble); -prada, a. in toxicating and causing pride or conceit; -prasravana½âvila, a. turbid with temple juice; -muk, a. discharging temple-juice (elephant).
madanikā f. N.; -îya, a. intoxi cating.
madhu a. (u, û, or v-î) sweet, de licious; pleasant, charming, delightful; N. of the first spring month (=Kaitra, March April); spring; N. of two Asuras; N.; n. nectar, mead, Soma (V.); milk, butter (V.); honey (this sp. meaning is doubtful for RV.); sweet intoxicating liquor (C.).
madya a. (V.) gladdening, exhilarat ing, intoxicating; n. spirituous liquor, sp. brandy: -kumbha, m. brandy-jar; -pa, a. drinking spirituous liquors; m. drunkard; -pâna, n. drinking of intoxicants; spirituous liquor; -bhânda, n. vessel for intoxicating drinks; -vikraya, m. sale of intoxicants; -½âkshepa, m. addiction to drink; -½âsattaka, m. N.
madhukarāya den. Â. represent bees; -karikâ, f. N.; -karin, m. bee; -karî, f. female bee; N.; -kânana, n. forest of the Asura Madhu (on the Yamunâ); -kâra, m. bee: î, f. female bee; -krit, a.producing sweetness; m. bee; -gandhika, a. sweetly scented; -kkhattra, m. (?) a tree (having a pleasant shade); -kkhandas, m. N. of a Rishi; N. of the fifty-first of the 101 sons of Visvâmitra; -kyut, -kyuta, a. dripping honey; -ga, a. produced from honey; (má dhu)-gihva, a. honey-tongued, sweetly speaking (V.); -taru, m. sugar-cane; -trina, m. n. id.; -tva, n. sweetness; -doham, abs. (milking=) making honey; -dvish, m. foe of Madhu,ep. of Vishnu; -dhârâ, f. stream of honey; stream of sweet intoxicants; -pá, a. drinking sweetness or honey; m. bee; -patala, m. honey-comb; -parká, m. honey mixture: a guest-offering usually consisting of curds with honey or butter; the honey mixture ceremony; -parnikâ, f. N. of various plants; -pavana, m. wind of spring; -pâtra, n. wine cup; -pâna, n. drinking of honey; -pârî, f. wine cup; -pura, n. city of the Asura Madhu, Mathurâ: î, f. city of the Madhus, Mathurâ; (mádhu)-prasa&ndot;ga madhu, n. honey connected with spring; -psaras, eager for sweetness (RV.1); -bhad ra, m. N.; -bhânda, n. cup for spirituous liquors, wine cup; -bhid,m. slayer of Madhu, ep. of Vishnu; -bhug, a. enjoying sweets or delights; -makshâ, -makshikâ, f. (honey fly), bee; (mádhu)-mat, a. sweet; pleasant, charming; mixed with honey; abounding in honey; containing the word &open;madhu&close;: -î, f. N. of a river; N. of a city; N.; -matta, pp. intoxicated by spring; -math, -mathana, m. destroyer of Madhu, ep. of Vishnu; -mada, m. intoxication with wine; -mantha, m. drink stirred with honey; -maya, a. (î) consisting of honey; sweet as honey, honied; -mâdhava, m. du. & n. sg. names of the two spring months (=Kaitra and Vaisâkhâ, March-May); -mâdhavî, f. spring-flower abounding in honey; kind ofintoxicating liquor; -mâsa, m. spring month: -mahot sava, m. great festival of spring, -½avatâra, m. commencement of spring; -mura-nara ka-visâsana, m. destroyer of the Daityas Madhu, Mura, and Naraka, ep. ofVishnu.
mādana a. delighting (RV.1); in toxicating (C.): î-ya, a. intoxicating (C.); n. intoxicating drink.
mādaka (cs.) a. intoxicating, stupe fying: -tva, n. abst. n.
mānavarjita pp. destitute of honour; dishonouring; -vardhana, a. in creasing any one's honour, indicating in creased respect; -vikrayin, a. selling or sacrificing one's honour.
mūloccheda m. eradication, ex termination; -½utkhâta, pp. dug out by the roots, utterly destroyed; n. digging up of roots; -½uddharana, n. means of eradicating anything (g.).
lakṣaṇa a. indicating, expressing indirectly; n. mark, token, sign, characteristic, attribute (sg. often coll.); stroke; lines drawn on the place of sacrifice; catchword (rit.); lucky or auspicious mark; symptom (of a disease); characteristic of sex, sexual organ; description, definition; designation, name; species, kind; aim, scope; effect, influence; occasion, opportunity: --°ree; a. characterised by; provided with; taking the form of, appearing as; relating to, coming within the scope of.
vardhana a. (î) growing, increas ing, prospering, getting richer; causing in crease, strength, or prosperity, augmenting (in C. very often --°ree;); gladdening (gnly. --°ree;); m. increaser, bestower of prosperity; n. growth, increase, prosperity; increase of power; augmentation, elevation; educating, rearing; refreshment, comfort (RV.).
vācika a. produced by or consist ing in words, verbal, committed by speech (sin); expressed, threatened (destruction); n. oral communication, message; -in, a. (--°ree;) asserting; expressing, signifying, indicating.
vādin a. saying, speaking, talking (often --°ree;); speaking or talking about (--°ree;); declaring, proclaiming, announcing (--°ree;); expressing, indicating, designated as, addressed by (a title, --°ree;); m. speaker; teacher of (--°ree;); propounder or adherent of a theory; disputant; prosecutor.
virāga m. loss of colour; dislike (to persons), indifference (to things), to (ab., lc., --°ree;); indifference to worldly objects; a. of various colours, variegated; free from pas sion, indifferent; -râgi-tâ, f.aversion, dis like; -râgin, a. disliking, having a disincli nation for (lc.); -r&asharp;g, a. (V.) ruling; splen did; m. chief, ruler, lord; f. queen; f. exaltation (V.); f. (V.), m. (C.) N. of a divine being, the result of speculation, iden tified with Purusha, Pragâpati, Brahman, Agni, and later Vishnu, sometimes appear ing as the daughter (or son) of Purusha, Pragâpati, Brahman, or Vishnu; is made the subject of all kinds of fanciful allegories in the Brâhmanas; in the Vedânta virâg is a designation of intellect conditioned by the aggregate, so called because of its manifold brilliance; f. N. of various V. metres, chiefly with pâdas of ten syllables: t-tva, n. name of Virâg; -râga, a. brilliant; m. N.; -râg ita, pp. resplendent; -râta, m. N. of a king of the Matsyas; -râtra, end of night; -râd dhri, m. insulter; -râdha, m. N. of a Râk shasa: -gupta, m. N., -han, m. slayer of Virâdha, ep. ofVishnu (Râma); -râma, m. cessation; termination, end; end of a word or sentence, stop, pause (gr.); end of a pâda, caesura within a pâda; stroke below a con sonant indicating the absence of the inherent a (orig. only at the end of a sentence); ab stention (gr.): --°ree; a. ending in (gr.): -m yâ, rest; come to an end; -râva, m. cry, clamour, roar, noise; -râvin, a. crying, warbling, yell ing, roaring; resounding with (in.).
vidhṛti f. (V.) separation; parti tion: du. two blades of grass indicating a par tition between the Barhis and the Prastara.
vai post positive pcl. emphasizing the preceding word: rare in the Samhitâs, very common in Br. (often indicating the beginning of a clause) and E.; in S. gnly. only in the combination yadi½u vai; in E. and Manu vai is very common at the end of a pâda as a mere expletive; with other pcls.: vâ u (RV.); ha vaí, ha sma vai, eva vai (Br.); api vai, tu vai (C.).
vaijayanta ] m. Indra's banner; flag, banner; Indra's palace; -ikâ, f. flag, ban ner; kind of pearl necklace (Pr.); -î, f. flag, banner; garland prognosticating victory; T. of a dictionary; T. of a commentary to Vishnu's Dharma-sâstra.
vyañjana n. ornament (RV.1); C.: manifesting, indicating; indirect or sym bolical expression, suggestion; mark, token, badge; insignia of a prince; sign of puberty (beard, breasts, etc., sg. & pl.); sauce, con diment; consonant.
vyax{093c}ñjaka a. (ikâ) manifesting, show ing, indicating; expressing implicitly, sug gesting (rh.); m. expression of feeling.
śaṃsatha m. conversation (rare); -ana, n. recitation; announcement; -anîya, fp. praiseworthy; -itri, m. reciter; -in, a. (--°ree;) reciting; announcing, declaring, showing, telling of, mentioning; foretelling, prognosticating; -tavya, fp. to be recited (Br.); (sáms)-tri, m. reciter (V.); (sáms)-ya, fp. to be recited (RV.); praiseworthy (V.).
śubhalakṣaṇa a. having aus picious marks; -lagna, n. auspicious or lucky moment; -vâsara, m. auspicious day; -samsin, a. prognosticating good, auspi cious; -sakuna, m. bird of good omen; -samanvita, pp. charming.
samarthana n. reflection, contem plation; corroboration, vindication, justifica tion; ability, competence (ab., by virtue of, g.): -m kri, reflect; -arthanîya, fp. to be established, justified, or cleared up; -artha ya, den. (v. arthaya) arrange etc.; connect with, construe grammatically: pp. ita, capable; -arthya, fp. to be established, corroborated, or justified; -ardhana, a. (î) causing to suc ceed; -ardhayitri, m. fulfiller, bestower: trî, f.; -arpaka, a. delivering, yielding up; -árpana, n. placing or throwing upon (Br.); C.: delivering, handing over, consigning, be stowing; making known, communicating; -arpanîya, fp. to be delivered, handed over, or entrusted; -arpayitavya, fp. id.; -arpita, cs. pp. (√ i) handed over etc.
sarvaśūnya a. entirely empty: -tâ, f. complete void; theory that everything is non-existent, nihilism, -tva, n. id.: -vâdin, m. nihilist; -samhârin, a. all-destroying; -sa-guna, a. possessing excellences in every thing; -sama-tâ, f. impartiality towards everything; (á)-samriddha, pp. entirely well arranged (V.); -sampatti, f. success in everything; abundance of everything; -sam panna, pp. provided with everything: -sas ya, a. having abundant corn everywhere (earth); -saha, a. enduring everything; -sâdhana, a. accomplishing everything; -sâdhârana, a. (â, î) common to all; -sâdhu, ad. very good (as an exclamation); -sâmân ya, a.common to all; -siddhârtha, a. having all one's aims accomplished, having every thing one desires; -sukha-krit, a. causing universal happiness; (sárva)-sena, a. leading all his host (RV.); -sthâna-gavâta, m. N. of a Yaksha; -sva, n. entire property; --°ree;, entirety, whole, or sum of: -phal-in, a. with all their goods and fruits; -svarna-maya, a. (î) entirely golden; -hara, a. appropriating everything; all-destroying (death); -hara- na, n.confiscation of the entire property; -hâra, m. id.: -m, abs. confiscating his whole property; -hâsya, fp. derided by all; -hút, a. offered completely (sacrifice; V.); -huti, f. entire sacrifice (Br.).
sāttvika a. (î) spirited, vigorous (person); relating to, dominated by etc. the quality of Sattva; indicating an inward feel ing or sentiment (rh., dr.).
sūcaka a. (ikâ) indicating, showing, designating (g., --°ree;); m. informer; -ana, n. indication, communication; -anîya, fp. to be indicated.
     Vedic Index of
     Names and Subjects  
18 results
     
abhipraśnin This term occurs after Praśnin, and followed by Praśnavivāka in the list of victims for the Purusamedha given in the Taittirīya Brāhmana and the Vājasaneyi Samhitā. The commentators, Sāyana and Mahīdhara, see in it merely a reference to an inquisitive man. But there can be little doubt that the term must have had a legal reference of some sort— perhaps indicating the defendant as opposed to plaintiff and judge.
ṛtu ‘Season,’ is a term repeatedly mentioned from the Rigveda onwards. Three seasons of the year are often alluded to, but the names are not usually specified. In one passage of the Rigveda spring (vasanta), summer (grīsma), and autumn (sarad) are given. The Rigveda knows also the rainy season (prā-vrs) and the winter (hitnā, hemanta). A more usual division (not found in the Rigveda is into five seasons,vasanta, grīsma, varsā, sarad, hemanta-śiśira; but occasionally the five are otherwise divided, varsā-śarad being made one season. Sometimes six seasons are reckoned, hemanta and śiśira being divided, so that the six seasons can be made parallel to the twelve months of the year. A still more artificial arrangement makes the seasons seven, possibly by reckoning the intercalary month as a season, as Weber and Zimmer hold, or more probably because of the predilection for the number seven, as Roth suggests. Occasionally the word rtu is applied to the months. The last season, according to the Satapatha Brāhmana, is hemanta. The growth of the division of the seasons from three to five is rightly explained by Zimmer as indicating the advance of the Vedic Indians towards the east. It is not Rigvedic, but dominates the later Samhitās. Traces of an earlier division of the year into winter and summer do not appear clearly in the Rigveda, where the appropriate words himā and samā are merely general appellations of the year, and where śarad is commoner than either as a designation of the year, because it denotes the harvest, a time of overwhelming importance to a young agricultural people. The division of the year in one passage of the Atharvaveda into two periods of six months is merely formal, and in no way an indication of old tradition.
kṣetra Field.’ The use of this word in the Rigveda points clearly to the existence of separate fields carefully measured off, though in some passages the meaning is less definite, indicating cultivated land generally. In the Atharvaveda and later the sense of a separate field is clearly marked, though the more general use is also found. The deity Ksetrasya Pati, ‘Lord of the Field,’ should probably be understood as the god presiding over each field, just as Vāstos Pati presides over each dwelling. It is a fair conclusion from the evidence that the system of separate holdings already existed in early Vedic times. See also Urvarā, Khilya.
cakra The ‘wheel’ of a chariot or wagon, is repeatedly mentioned from the Rigveda onwards, often in a metaphorical sense. The wheel was fixed on the axle (Aksa) when the chariot was required for use; this required considerable strength, as is shown by a reference in the Rigveda. The wheel consisted normally of spokes (Ara), and a nave (Nābhi), in the opening (Kha) of which the end of the axle (Ani) was inserted. An indication of the importance attached to the strength of the wheel is the celebration of the car of the god Pūsan as having a wheel that suffers no damage.4 The usual number of wheels was two, but in seven passages of the Rigveda a chariot is called ‘ three-wheeled,’ in a few others seven- wheeled,’ while in one of the Atharvaveda it is styled ‘ eight­wheeled.’ Zimmer argues that these epithets do not refer to real chariots, pointing out that in all the passages where tri-cakra, ‘ three-wheeled,’ occurs there is a mythical reference. On the other hand, Weber thinks that there might have been chariots with three wheels, one being in the centre between the two occupants. This is not very conclusive; at any rate, the seven-wheeled and the eight-wheeled chariots can hardly be regarded as indicating the existence of real vehicles with that number of wheels In the śatapatha Brāhmana the potter’s wheel (kaulāla- cakra) is referred to.
dṛti A ‘leather bag to hold fluids/ is frequently mentioned in the Rigveda and later. In one passage it is called dhmāta, ‘ inflated/ the man afflicted with dropsy being compared with such a tag. Milk (Ksīra) and intoxicating liquor (Surā) are mentioned as kept in bags.
dharma Are the regular words, the latter in the Rigveda, and both later, for ‘ law ’ or ‘ custom.’ But there is very little evidence in the early literature as to the administra­tion of justice or the code of law followed. On the other hand, the Dharma Sūtras contain full particulars.Criminal Law.—The crimes recognized in Vedic literature vary greatly in importance, while there is no distinction adopted in principle between real crimes and what now are regarded as fanciful bodily defects or infringements of merely conventional practices. The crimes enumerated include the slaying of an embryo (
nau Is the regular word in the Rigveda and later for a 4 boat ’ or 4 ship.’ In the great majority of cases the ship was merely a boat for crossing rivers, though no doubt a large boat was needed for crossing many of the broad rivers of the Panjab as well as the Yamunā and Gañgā. Often no doubt the Nau was a mere dug-out canoe (
parisrut Is the name of a drink which is mentioned first in the Atharvaveda, and which was distinct from both Surā and Soma, but was intoxicating. According to Mahīdhara, the liquor was made from flowers (Puspa). Zimmer thinks that it was the family drink, and this is supported by the fact that in the Atharvaveda it twice occurs as a household beverage.6 Hillebrandt is of opinion that it was very much the same as Surā.
bṛsaya Is mentioned twice in the Rigveda, being in the first passage connected with the Paṇis, and in the second with the Pārāvatas and the Paṇis. According to the St. Petersburg Dictionary, the word is the name of a demon, but is in the second passage used as an appellative, perhaps meaning ‘sorcerer.’ Hillebrandt6 thinks that a people is meant locating them in Arachosia or Drangiana with the Pārāvatas and the Paṇis, and comparing Βαρσα,ίντης, satrap of Arachosia and Drangiana in the time of Darius. But this theory is not probable.
bhaṅga Hemp,’ is mentioned in the Atharvaveda. In the Rigveda it is an epithet of Soma, presumably in the sense of ‘ intoxicating,’ which then came to designate hemp.
madavatī ‘Intoxicating,’ is the name of a plant in the Atharvaveda.
madya ‘Intoxicating liquor,’ is not mentioned until the Chāndogya Upaniṣad, where it occurs in the compound madya-pā, ‘ drinking intoxicating liquor.’
māṃsa ‘Flesh.’ The eating of flesh appears as something quite regular in the Vedic texts, which show no trace of the doctrine of Ahimsā, or abstaining from injury to animals. For example, the ritual offerings of flesh contemplate that the gods will eat it, and again the Brahmins ate the offerings.1 Again, the slaying of a ‘ great ox ’ (mahoksa) or a ‘ great goat ’ (mahāja) for a guest was regularly prescribed ; and the name Atithigva probably means ‘slaying cows for guests.’The great sage Yājñavalkya was wont to eat the meat of milch cows and bullocks (dhenv-anaduha) if only it was amsala (‘ firm ’ or ‘ tender ’).The slaughter of a hundred bulls (uksan) was credited to one sacrificer, Agastya. The marriage ceremony was accompanied by the slaying of oxen, clearly for food. That there was any general objection to the eating of flesh is most improbable. Sometimes it is forbidden, as when a man is performing a vow, or its use is disapproved, as in a passage of the Atharvaveda, where meat is classed with Surā, or intoxicating liquor, as a bad thing. Again, in the Rigveda® the slaying of the cows is said to take place in the Aghās, a deliberate variation for Maghās; but this may be the outcome merely of a natural association of death with gloom, even when cows alone are the victims in question. The Brāhmaṇas also contain the doctrine of the eater in this world being eaten in the next, but this is not to be regarded as a moral or religious disapproval of eating flesh, though it no doubt contains the germ of such a view, which is also in harmony with the persuasion of the unity of existence, which becomes marked in the Brāhmaṇas. But Ahimsā as a developed and articulate doctrine would seem to have arisen from the acceptance of the doctrine of transmigration, which in its fundamentals is later than the Brāhmaṇa period. On the other hand, it is to be noted that the cow was on the road to acquire special sanctity in the Rigveda, as is shown by the name aghnyā, ‘not to be slain,’ applied to it in several passages. But this fact cannot be regarded as showing that meat eating generally was condemned. Apart from mythical considerations, such as the identification of the cow with earth or Aditi (which are, of course, much more than an effort of priestly ingenuity), the value of the cow for other purposes than eating was so great as to account adequately for its sanctity, the beginnings of which can in fact be traced back to Indo-Iranian times. Moreover, the ritual of the cremation of the dead required the slaughter of a cow as an essential part, the flesh being used to envelope the dead body. The usual food of the Vedic Indian, as far as flesh was concerned, can be gathered from the list of sacrificial victims: what man ate he presented to the gods—that is, the sheep, the goat, and the ox. The horse sacrifice was an infrequent exception: it is probably not to be regarded as a trace of the use of horseflesh as food, though the possibility of such being the case cannot be overlooked in view of the widespread use of horseflesh as food in different countries and times. It is, however, more likely that the aim of this sacrifice was to impart magic strength, the speed and vigour of the horse, to the god and his worshippers, as Oldenberg argues.
vasiṣṭha Is the name of one of the most prominent priestly figures of Vedic tradition. The seventh Maṇdala of the Rigveda is ascribed to him ; this ascription is borne out by the fact that the Vasisthas and Vasistha are frequently mentioned in that Maṇdala, besides being sometimes referred to elsewhere. That by the name Vasiṣçha a definite individual is always meant is most improbable, as Oldenberg shows; Vasiṣtha must normally mean simply ‘ a Vasiṣtfia.’ But it is not necessary to deny that a real Vasiṣtha existed, for one hymn seems to show clear traces of his authorship, and of his assist­ance to Sudās against the ten kings. The most important feature of Vasiṣtha’s life was apparently his hostility to Viśvāmitra. The latter was certainly at one time the Purohita (‘ domestic priest ’) of Sudās, but he seems to have been deposed from that post, to have joined Sudās’ enemies, and to have taken part in the onslaught of the kings against him, for the hymn of Sudās’ triumph has clear references to the ruin Viśvāmitra brought on his allies. Oldenberg, however, holds that the strife of Viśvāmitra and Vasistha is not to be found in the Rigveda. On the other hand, Geldner is hardly right in finding in the Rigveda a compressed account indicating the rivalry of śakti, Vasiṣṭha’s son, with Viśvāmitra, the acquisition by Viśvāmitra of special skill in speech, and the revenge of Viśvāmitra, who secured the death of śakti by Sudās’ servants, an account which is more fully related by Sadguruśiṣya, which appeared in the śātyāya- naka, and to which reference seems to be made in the brief notices of the Taittirīya Samhitā and the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa regarding Vasiṣtha's sons having been slain, and his overcoming the Saudāsas. But it is important to note that no mention is made in these authorities of Sudās himself being actually opposed to Vasistha, while in the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa Vasiṣtha appears as the Purohita and consecrator of Sudās Paijavana. Yāska recognizes Viśvāmitra as the Purohita of Sudās; this accords with what seems to have been the fact that Viśvāmitra originally held the post. Probably, however, with the disappearance of Sudās, Viśvāmitra recovered his position, whereupon Vasiṣtha in revenge for the murder of his sons secured in some way unspecified the defeat of the Saudāsas. At any rate it is hardly necessary to suppose that the enmity of the Saudāsas and Vasiṣthas was permanent. There is evidence that the Bharatas had the Vasisthas as Purohitas, while other versions regard them as Purohitas for people (prajāh) generally. It seems that the Vasiṣthas were pioneers in adopting the rule that Purohitas should act as Brahman priest at the sacrifice: the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa states that the Vasiṣthas were once the only priests to act as Brahmans, but that later any priest could serve as such. A rivalry with Jamadgni and Viśvāmitra is reported in the Taittirīya Samhitā. Parāśara and śatayātu are associated with Vasiṣtha in the Rigveda, being apparently, as Geldner thinks, the grandson and a son of Vasiṣtha. According to Pischel, in another hymn, Vasiṣtha appears as attempting to steal the goods of his father Varuṇa; Geldner also shows that the Rigveda contains a clear reference to Vasistha’s being a son of Varuṇa and the nymph Urvaśī. Perhaps this explains the fact that the Vasiṣthas are called the Tptsus in one passage of the Rigveda; for being of miraculous parentage, Vasistha would need adoption into a Gotra, that of the princes whom he served, and to whom Agastya seems to have introduced him. There are numerous other references to Vasistha as a Ṛṣi in Vedic literature, in the Sūtras, and in the Epic, where he and Viśvāmitra fight out their rivalry.
śakṛt Denotes ‘dung’ in the Rigveda and later. It is clear that the value of manure was early appreciated (see Karīça). For the use of the smoke of dung or of a dung fire for prognosticating the weather, see śakadhūma.
sarayu Is mentioned thrice in the Rigveda as the name of a river. Citraratha and Arṇa are said to have been defeated apparently by the Turvaśas and Yadus who crossed the vol. Sarayu.1 Sarayu appears in one passage with Sarasvatī and Sindhu,2 and in another with Rasā, Anitabhā, and Kubhā.3 Later, in the post-Vediç period, Sarayū, rarely Sarayu, is the name of a river in Oudh, the modern Sarjū.4 Zimmer5 regards this as the river meant in all the Vedic passages, seeing in the last,3 which may be used as an argument for locating the Sarayu in the Panjab, a reference to the north-east monsoon as well as to the usual monsoon from the west. Hopkins0 thinks that the Sarayu is to be found in the west, and Ludwig7 identifies it with the Kurum (Krumu). Vivien de St. Martin considered it to be probably identical with the united course of the śutudrī (Sutlej) and Vipāś (Beas).
salva Is the name of a people mentioned in a passage of the śatapatha Brāhmana, which records a boast by Syāparṇa Sāyakāyana that if a certain rite of his had been completed, his race would have been the nobles, Brahmins, and peasants of the Salvas, and even as it was his race would surpass the Salvas. This people appears also to be alluded to as Sālvīh (prajāh) in the Mantra Pātha, where they are said to have declared that their king was Yaugandhari when they stayed their chariots on the banks of the Yamunā. There is later evidence indicating that the Sālvas or śālvas were closely connected with the Kuru-Pañcālas, and that apparently some of them, at least, were victorious near the banks of the Yamunā. There is no good evidence to place them in the north-west in Vedic times.
surā Is the name of an intoxicating ‘ spirituous liquor,’ often mentioned in Vedic literature. In some passages it is referred to favourably, in others with decided disapproval. It is classed with the use of meat and with dicing as an evil in the Atharvaveda, and often with dicing. It was, as opposed to Soma, essentially a drink of ordinary life. It was the drink of men in the Sabhā, and gave rise to broils. Its exact nature is not certain. It may have been a strong spirit prepared from fermented grains and plants, as Eggeling holds, or, as Whitney thought, a kind of beer or ale. Geldner renders it * brandy.’ It is sometimes mentioned in connexion with Madhu. It was kept in skins.
       Bloomfield Vedic
         Concordance  
1 result
     
taṃ va indraṃ catinam asya śākaiḥ # RV.6.19.4a.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"catin" has 6 results.
     
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
(1)fifth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties, नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्यः (2) the mute letter ण् indicating the substitution of vrddhi ( confer, compare P. VII. 2. 115-117) when attached to affixes; (3) the consonant ण् at the beginning of roots which is changed into न्; the roots, having ण् at the beginning changeable to न्, being called णोपदेशः (4) ण् as a substitute for न् following the letters ऋ, ॠ, र्, and ष् directly, or with the intervention of consonants of the guttural and labial classes, but occurring in the same word, Such a substitution of ण् for न् is called णत्व; confer, compare P.VIII.4. I-39. For णत्व in Vedic Literature; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.20-28, T.Pr.VII.1-12. V.Pr.III.84-88;(5) the consonant ण् added as an augment to a vowel at the beginning of a word when it follows the consonant ण् at the end of the previous word; confer, compare P. VIII. 3. 32. In the Vedic Pratisakhyas this augment ण् is added to the preceding ण् and looked upon as a part of the previous word.
bhedaka(1)literallydistinguishing; differentiating; cf भेदकत्वात्स्वरस्य | भेदका उदात्तादय: | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 13; (2) adjective; confer, compare भेदकं विशेषणं भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II: 1.57; (3) variety; kind; confer, compare सामान्यस्य विशेषो भेदकः प्रकार: Kāś. on P.V. 3.23; (4) indicating, suggesting, as contrasted with वाचक; confer, compare संबन्धस्य तु भेदक: Vākyapadīya.
l(1)a consonant of the dental class which is a semi-vowel ( यण् ) with liquid contact in the mouth, and which is inaspirate ( अल्पप्राण ),voiced ( घोष ) and both nasalised and unnasalised; (2) name in general ( लकार ) given to the personal endings applied to roots in the ten tenses and moods which take different substitutes ति, त:, अन्ति et cetera, and others and have various modifications and augments in the different tenses and moods; (3) substituted as a semi-vowel ( यण् ) for the vowel ऌ followed by any other vowel in the euphonic combinations; (4)applied at the beginning of nontaddhita affixes as a mute letter indicating the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix; confer, compare लिति; P. VI. 1.193; ( 5 ) substituted for त्, थ्, द्, घ् or न् before ल्, confer, compare P.VIII.4. 60; (6) substituted under certain conditions for the consonant र् (a) of the root कृप्, (b) of prefixes प्र and परा before the root अय्, (c) of the root गॄ in frequentative forms and optionally before affixes beginning with a vowel, and (d ) of the word परि before घ and अङ्क; confer, compare P. VIII. 2. 18 to 22. _ ल (1) consonant ल्; see ल् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.' (2) a general term usually used by ancient grammarians to signifyलोप (elision or disappearance) of a letter or a syllable or a word; confer, compare सर्वसादेर्द्विगोश्च ल: | सवार्तिक:, द्वितन्त्र: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.2.60; (3) taddhita affix. affix ल added to the word क्लिन्न when चिल् and पिल् are substituted for the word क्लिन्न; e.g, चिल्लः, पिल्ल: confer, compare P. V. 2.33 Vārt 2.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
svaritetmarked with a mute circumflex vowel; the term is used in connection with roots in the Dhatupatha which are said to have been so marked for the purpose of indicating that they are to take personal endings of both the padas; confer, compare स्वरितञित: कर्त्रभिप्राये क्रियाफले P. I.3.72.
     Vedabase Search  
79 results
     
abhayańkara eradicating the fears ofSB 1.7.22
varṇa-abhivyañjakam indicating the classification (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, etc.)SB 7.11.35
hāṭaka-ākhyena made from an intoxicating herb known as hāṭakaSB 5.24.16
amṛta-āsavam which is a nectarean, intoxicating beverageSB 10.14.33
apanoda eradicatingSB 10.39.20
arpaṇam dedicatingSB 7.14.2
arpaṇam dedicatingCC Madhya 11.29-30
yat-arpaṇam dedicating unto whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)CC Madhya 22.20
āsavam intoxicatingSB 3.23.29
asṛk-āsavam the blood, compared to an intoxicating beverageSB 5.9.18
amṛta-āsavam which is a nectarean, intoxicating beverageSB 10.14.33
āsavam the intoxicating nectarSB 10.83.3
āsma indicating past tenseSB 1.8.24
asṛk-āsavam the blood, compared to an intoxicating beverageSB 5.9.18
ātma-nivedanam dedicating everything (body, mind and soul) for the service of the LordCC Madhya 9.259-260
sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane in fully dedicating oneselfCC Madhya 22.136
bhajatā who is actually reciprocatingSB 10.32.21
bhajatoḥ reciprocating withSB 10.41.47
caraṇa-upasādanāt simply dedicating oneself unto the lotus feetSB 2.4.16
dik-daraśana indicating the direction onlyCC Madhya 20.300
darśayan by indicatingSB 3.3.16
darśayan indicatingSB 10.11.42
dāsyanti indicatingSB 1.14.11
dhūma-tāntāḥ suffocating from smokeSB 11.21.27
dik-daraśana indicating the direction onlyCC Madhya 20.300
jaja gaga jaja gaga a sound indicating the name JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.104
jaja gaga jaja gaga a sound indicating the name JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.104
utsṛṣṭa-gṛhāḥ vacating their respective residencesSB 9.11.30
mada-hara intoxicating powerCC Antya 15.22
hāṭaka-ākhyena made from an intoxicating herb known as hāṭakaSB 5.24.16
jaja gaga jaja gaga a sound indicating the name JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.104
jaja gaga jaja gaga a sound indicating the name JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.104
kṣapaṇe for eradicatingSB 10.85.18
kṣapayiṣṇavaḥ desirous of eradicatingSB 10.82.3-6
lakṣaṇa indicatingCC Adi 2.59
lakṣmī-śrīvatsa marks of silver hairs on the right side of the Lord's chest, indicating the residence of the goddess of fortuneCC Antya 15.74
mada-hara intoxicating powerCC Antya 15.22
niruddha-mārgiṇaḥ because of suffocating, all outlets being stopped upSB 10.12.31
maryādā indicating the boundariesSB 5.16.6
maryādā indicating the boundarySB 5.20.30
nidarśanam indicatingSB 6.1.47
nirhṛtya eradicatingSB 10.46.32-33
niruddha-mārgiṇaḥ because of suffocating, all outlets being stopped upSB 10.12.31
ātma-nivedanam dedicating everything (body, mind and soul) for the service of the LordCC Madhya 9.259-260
sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane in fully dedicating oneselfCC Madhya 22.136
nyasya indicatingSB 4.23.1-3
parasmai-pada a verb form indicating things done for othersCC Madhya 24.25
paḍāñā by educating themCC Adi 16.19
parasmai-pada a verb form indicating things done for othersCC Madhya 24.25
pratyarhayantam reciprocatingSB 3.8.27
prema-vācī a word indicating loveCC Antya 3.58
putra-upacāritam indicating his sonSB 6.2.49
saṃharat completely eradicatingCC Antya 3.181
śaṃsataḥ indicatingSB 1.14.10
saṃvidam indicatingSB 8.6.32
sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane in fully dedicating oneselfCC Madhya 22.136
sīdhu intoxicatingSB 3.21.17
lakṣmī-śrīvatsa marks of silver hairs on the right side of the Lord's chest, indicating the residence of the goddess of fortuneCC Antya 15.74
subhaga indicating good fortuneSB 5.25.5
sūcakam indicatingSB 1.16.13-15
sūcayanti indicatingSB 5.8.23
sūcayatī indicatingSB 10.65.33
sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane in fully dedicating oneselfCC Madhya 22.136
dhūma-tāntāḥ suffocating from smokeSB 11.21.27
tāta a slight temperature indicating lifeCC Antya 14.65-66
udāhṛtya indicatingBG 17.24
uddiśya indicatingSB 7.7.15
uddiśya indicatingSB 9.11.8
putra-upacāritam indicating his sonSB 6.2.49
caraṇa-upasādanāt simply dedicating oneself unto the lotus feetSB 2.4.16
utsṛṣṭa-gṛhāḥ vacating their respective residencesSB 9.11.30
vācakaḥ indicatingCC Madhya 9.30
prema-vācī a word indicating loveCC Antya 3.58
varṇa-abhivyañjakam indicating the classification (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, etc.)SB 7.11.35
vidhunvan eradicatingSB 10.27.6
viśīrṇa bifurcatingSB 3.13.29
vyañjita indicatingSB 4.21.18
vyañjita indicatingSB 4.25.24
yat-arpaṇam dedicating unto whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)CC Madhya 22.20
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

madana

1. Plant emetic nut, dried fruit of Xeromphis spinosa syn. Randia dumetorum; 2. Gardenia floribunda. 3. inebriating, intoxicating; 4. bees-wax.

mādhavi

1. honey-sugar; 2. intoxicating drink; 3. sacred basil; 4. clustered hiptage, Hiptage benghalensis, H. parviflora.

mādhvi,mādhvika

mead, a kind of intoxicating drink, alcoholic beverage made from grapes.

vedārambha

one fo the sixteen rites; starting educating the child.

Parse Time: 1.445s Search Word: catin Input Encoding: IAST: catin